Jeep Wrangler 2024 Owner's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Jeep Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. Wrangler 2024
  6. Owner's manual

Jeep Wrangler 2024 Owner's Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for Wrangler 2024:
1
2
3
Table Of Contents
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
2 0 2 4
W R A N G L E R
O W N E R ' S M A N U A L

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the Wrangler 2024 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Jeep Wrangler 2024

Summary of Contents for Jeep Wrangler 2024

  • Page 1 2 0 2 4 W R A N G L E R O W N E R ’ S M A N U A L...
  • Page 2 V e h i c l e i m a g e s a r e f o r i l l u s t r a t i o n p u r p o s e s o n l y . A c t u a l p r o d u c t s s o l d m a y v a r y .
  • Page 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................6 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE .

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    EXTERIOR LIGHTS ....44 INTRODUCTION Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ — Passive Entry Headlight Switch ....44 (If Equipped) .
  • Page 5 POWER WINDOWS — IF EQUIPPED ..57 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR Extreme Cold Weather Auto-Down Feature ....58 (Below –22°F Or −30°C) .
  • Page 6 STOP/START SYSTEM — Trailer Towing Weights SAFETY AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ... . . 132 (Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings) ..154 SAFETY FEATURES....185 Autostop Mode .
  • Page 7 JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING ... 230 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ....252 INTERIORS ..... . . 287 Preparations For Jacking .
  • Page 8 FCA aims at a constant improvement of the vehicles produced. For this reason, it reserves the right to make changes to the model described for technical and/or commercial reasons. For further information, contact an authorized dealer. When it comes to service, remember that authorized dealers know your Jeep® best, have factory-trained technicians, genuine Mopar® parts, and care about your satisfaction.

  • Page 9: Introduction Important Notice

    INTRODUCTION IMPORTANT NOTICE SYMBOLS KEY ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLICATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFORMA- TION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF PUBLICATION APPROVAL. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO WARNING! These statements apply to operating pro- PUBLISH REVISIONS AT ANY TIME. cedures that could result in a collision, After you have read the Owner’s Manual, it should be stored in the vehicle for conve- bodily injury and/or death.

  • Page 10: Rollover Warning

    INTRODUCTION ROLLOVER WARNING VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS/ALTERATIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many pas- WARNING! senger vehicles. It is capable of performing better in a wide variety of off-road applica- Any modifications or alterations to this vehicle could seriously affect its roadworthi- tions.
  • Page 11 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Red Warning Lights Door Open Warning Light Oil Temperature Warning Light page 104 page 105 Electric Power Steering (EPS) Fault Warning Light Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light page 104 page 105 Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Warning Light Speed Warning Light page 104 page 105...
  • Page 12 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Yellow Warning Lights Vehicle Security Warning Light Low Fuel Warning Light page 106 page 106 Yellow Warning Lights Low Washer Fluid Warning Light page 106 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light page 106 Engine Check/Malfunction Indicator Warning Light (MIL) page 106 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Active Warning Light page 106...
  • Page 13 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Indicator Lights Service Stop/Start System Warning Light 4WD Part Time Indicator Light page 107 page 108 Cruise Control Fault Warning Light Axle Locker Fault Indicator Light page 107 page 108 Sway Bar Fault Warning Light Forward Collision Warning (FCW) OFF Indicator Light page 107 page 109...
  • Page 14 INTRODUCTION Yellow Indicator Lights Green Indicator Lights Off Road+ Indicator Light 4WD Auto Indicator Light page 109 page 109 Cruise Control SET Indicator Light Rear Axle Lock Indicator Light page 109 page 109 Rear Fog Indicator Light Front Fog Indicator Light page 109 page 109 Sway Bar Indicator Light...
  • Page 15 INTRODUCTION White Indicator Lights White Indicator Lights Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Ready Indicator Light Cruise Control SET Indicator Light page 110 page 111 Blue Indicator Lights 2WD High Indicator Light page 110 High Beam Indicator Light page 111 Gear Shift Indicator Light page 110 Gray Indicator Lights Hill Descent Control (HDC) Indicator Light...

  • Page 16: Getting To Know Your Vehicle

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: KEYS CAUTION! • In case the ignition switch does not change with the The electrical components inside of the key fob may push of a button, the key fob may have a low or fully KEY FOB be damaged if the key fob is subjected to strong elec- depleted battery.
  • Page 17 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Replacing The Battery In The Key Fob 2. Remove the depleted battery by inserting a small WARNING! flat-blade screwdriver into the battery removal slot The recommended replacement battery is CR2450. and sliding the battery forward and up being careful •...

  • Page 18: Sentry Key

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: If the Vehicle Security Light turns on during normal vehicle operation (vehicle running for longer than • When having the Sentry Key Immobilizer system 10 seconds), it indicates that there is a fault in the elec- serviced, bring all vehicle keys with you to an autho- tronics.

  • Page 19: Electronic Steering Wheel Lock - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: CAUTION! In case the ignition switch does not change with the push of the START/STOP ignition button, the key fob An unlocked vehicle is an invitation for thieves. may have a low or depleted battery. In this situation, a Always remove key fob from the vehicle and lock all backup method can be used to operate the ignition doors when leaving the vehicle unattended.

  • Page 20: How To Use Remote Start

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: • For security, power window operation is disabled TO EXIT REMOTE START MODE when the vehicle is in the Remote Start mode. • The vehicle must be equipped with an automatic To drive the vehicle after starting the Remote Start sys- •...

  • Page 21: Remote Start Comfort Systems - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • • ture. Once the timer expires, the system will automati- In ambient temperatures from 40°F (4.5°C) to Remote Start Canceled — Fuel Low cally adjust the settings depending on ambient condi- 78°F (26°C), the climate settings will be based on •...

  • Page 22: To Disarm The System

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 3. Perform one of the following methods to lock the you are in the vehicle or not. If you remain in the vehicle MANUAL DOOR LOCKS vehicle: and open a door, the alarm will sound. If this occurs, All doors are equipped with an interior rocker-type door ○...

  • Page 23: Power Door Locks - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • The key fob may not be detected by the vehicle Pas- WARNING! WARNING! sive Entry system if it is located next to a mobile • phone, laptop, or other electronic device; these Never leave children alone in a vehicle, or with •...
  • Page 24 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE When any of these situations occur, after all open doors are shut, the FOBIK-Safe search will be executed. If it detects a Passive Entry key fob inside the vehicle, the vehicle will unlock and alert the customer. If Passive Entry is disabled using Uconnect system, the key fob protection described in this section remains active/functional.

  • Page 25: Automatic Door Locks - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To Unlock/Enter The Swing Gate NOTE: • The Passive Entry system will not operate if the key fob battery is depleted. The swing gate Passive Entry unlock feature is built into • When the Child-Protection Door Lock system is the swing gate handle.

  • Page 26: Front Door Removal

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE FRONT DOOR REMOVAL Outside rearview mirrors are mounted on the doors. If you choose to remove the doors, see an authorized dealer for a replacement cowl-mounted outside mirror. WARNING! Law requires outside mirrors on vehicles for on-road use.
  • Page 27 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 4. Pull up on the red locking tab to unlock the wiring harness. Open Wiring Harness Door Check Arm 8. With the door open, lift the door with the help of Closed Wiring Harness 1 – Wiring Harness Lever (Open Position) another person, to clear the hinge pins from their 2 –...
  • Page 28 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 4. Using your fingers, turn the screw clockwise at least 1. With light finger pressure, seat the wiring connector straight into the wiring harness until the wiring har- two full turns. Gently pull on the screw to ensure it is secure.

  • Page 29: Rear Door Removal (Four-Door Models)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: REAR DOOR REMOVAL (FOUR-DOOR MODELS) • Doors are heavy; use caution when removing them. • Hinge pin can break if overtightened during door reinstall (Max Torque: 7.5 ft· lb / 10 N·m). For off- WARNING! road driving tips, see page 159.

  • Page 30: Half-Door Installation - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: CAUTION! Keep the check arm in the extended position for • easier reinstallation. Careless handling and storage of the half-doors may damage the seals resulting in water leaks into the interior of the vehicle. •...
  • Page 31 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Lower Half-Door Hinge Pins Cloth Strap Attachment Front Door Wiring Harness 3. Insert the upper and lower hinge pin screws into the 1 — Metal Hook 1 — Open Wiring Harness body hinges. Tighten the screws using a #T50 Torx 2 —...
  • Page 32 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 9. Push down firmly on the inside of the upper half- door until it is fully seated in the lower half. Place Tool Into Service Hole Of Plug To Remove Check Door Latch And Striker Alignment NOTE: c.
  • Page 33 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 2. With the bolts loose, hold the door in the almost 2. Open the affected door and hold a dollar-size piece closed position, and check that the latch and striker of paper along the top of the door opening against align.
  • Page 34 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To adjust the seal compression, proceed as follows: 5. Close the door and repeat the “paper test”. Repeat the adjustment procedure if needed. 1. Open the door and lift the upper half-door up and away from the lower half. Lay the upper half-door on 6.

  • Page 35: Steering Wheel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To unlock the steering column, push the control handle downward (toward the floor). To tilt the steering column, move the steering wheel upward or downward as desired. To lengthen or shorten the steering column, pull the steering wheel outward or push it inward as desired.

  • Page 36: Seats

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WARNING! The engine must be running for the heated steering • wheel to operate. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat For information on use with the Remote Start system, belts.

  • Page 37: Manual Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Reclining The Seatback Forward Or Rearward The seatback can be reclined both forward and rear- ward. Push the power recline switch forward or rear- ward. The seatback will move in the direction of the switch. Release the switch when the desired position has been reached.

  • Page 38: Manual Front Seat Recline Adjustment

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Easy Entry Seat — Two Door WARNING! Models Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the Pull upward on the easy entry lever located on the out- shoulder belt is no longer resting against your chest. board side of the seatback, and slide the entire seat In a collision you could slide under the seat belt, forward.

  • Page 39: Manual Adjustment Rear Seats

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE TO RAISE THE REAR SEAT MANUAL ADJUSTMENT REAR WARNING! SEATS Raise the seatback and lock it into place. Then, raise • Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and the head restraint until it locks into place. If interfer- using a seat belt properly.

  • Page 40: Fold And Tumble Rear Seat - Two Door Models

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! being in the fully lowered position, otherwise the bottom may not lock during frontal impact. If the seat cushion is not fully lowered, serious injury could occur. FOLD AND TUMBLE REAR SEAT — TWO DOOR MODELS NOTE: Flip Seat Bottom Forward Fold Seatback Down...

  • Page 41: Rear Seat Armrest - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Using The Retention Straps WARNING! 1. There are two retention straps located on the back • In a collision, you or others in your vehicle could be of the rear seat and two corresponding wire loops injured if seats are not properly latched to their located on the back of each B-pillar.

  • Page 42: Heated Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! • Head restraints should never be adjusted while the • Be certain that the seatback is securely locked into Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin vehicle is in motion. Driving a vehicle with the head position.

  • Page 43: Rear Head Restraints - Two Door Models

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Head Restraints — Two Door To return the head restraint to its upward position, lift Models up on the head restraint until it locks into place. For information on child seat tether routing, see The rear seat is equipped with non-adjustable, but fold- page 201.

  • Page 44: Uconnect Voice Recognition

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To raise the center head restraint, lift up on the head UCONNECT VOICE RECOGNITION restraint. To lower the center head restraint, push the adjustment button, located at the base of the head INTRODUCING VOICE restraint, and push down on the head restraint. To remove the center head restraint, push the release RECOGNITION button, located on the base of the head restraint, and...

  • Page 45: Additional Information

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • MIRRORS You can interrupt the help message or system ILLUMINATED VANITY MIRRORS prompts by pushing the VR button and saying a To access an illuminated vanity mirror, flip down one of Voice Command from the current category. the visors and lift the cover.

  • Page 46: Outside Mirrors With Turn Signal - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE POWER MIRRORS — IF EQUIPPED EXTERIOR LIGHTS WARNING! The power mirror controls are located on the door panel Vehicles and other objects seen in the passenger next to the door handle. HEADLIGHT SWITCH side convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are.

  • Page 47: Daytime Running Lights (Drls) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRLS) AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS — — IF EQUIPPED HEADLAMP CONTROL — IF EQUIPPED IF EQUIPPED The Daytime Running Lights are active when the low This system automatically turns the headlights on or off beams are not on, and the engine is running.

  • Page 48: Turn Signals

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE TURN SIGNALS INTERIOR LIGHTS Move the multifunction lever up or down to activate the turn signals. The arrows on each side of the instrument INTERIOR COURTESY LIGHTS cluster flash to show proper operation. The courtesy lights will turn on when the front doors are NOTE: opened, by rotating the dimmer control on the headlight switch fully upward, or, if equipped, when the unlock...

  • Page 49: Dimmer Control

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE DIMMER CONTROL WINDSHIELD WIPER OPERATION CAUTION! The dimmer control is part of the headlight switch and In cold weather, always turn off the wiper switch and is located on the left side of the instrument panel. allow the wipers to return to the park position before turning off the engine.

  • Page 50: Automatic Climate Control Descriptions And Functions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER — CLIMATE CONTROLS As a protective measure, the washer will stop if the IF EQUIPPED switch is held for more than 20 seconds. Once the The Climate Control system allows you to regulate the switch is released the washer will resume normal A rotary switch on the center portion of the windshield temperature, air flow, and direction of air circulating...

  • Page 51: Recirculation Button

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Defrost Button NOTE: this mode is not recommended. Recirculation mode may automatically adjust to optimize customer experi- The MAX A/C button is only available on the Press and release the Rear Defrost button ence for warming, cooling, dehumidification, etc. touchscreen.

  • Page 52: Automatic Temperature Control (Atc)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Floor Mode • Touchscreen: Use the small blower icon to reduce Push the blue button on the faceplate or touchscreen or press and slide the tempera- the blower setting and the large blower icon to Air comes from the floor outlets.

  • Page 53: Climate Voice Commands

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Outside Air Intake Did You Know: Voice Command for Climate may only be 3. When the system is set up for your comfort level, it is not necessary to change the settings. You will used to adjust the interior temperature of your vehicle. Make sure the air intake, located directly in front of the experience the greatest efficiency by simply allowing Voice Command will not work to adjust the heated...

  • Page 54: Interior Storage And Equipment

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WEATHER CONTROL SETTINGS WARNING! Cool Sunny Operate in (Bi-Level Mode). Do not operate this vehicle with a glove compartment Set the mode control to in the open position. Driving with the glove compart- Cool & Humid (Floor Mode) and turn (A/C) ment open may result in injury in a collision.

  • Page 55: Lighted Cupholders - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE USB/AUX CONTROL The Media Hub is located on the instrument panel, below the climate controls. Behind the media hub access door, the Media Hub contains one AUX port, a Type C USB port and one standard USB port. Both USB ports allow you to play music from MP3 players, smart- phones or USB devices through the vehicle’s sound system.

  • Page 56: Power Outlets

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! Do not plug in or remove the external device while driving. Failure to follow this warning could result in a collision. POWER OUTLETS There are two 12 Volt (13 Amp) auxiliary power outlets that can provide power for accessories designed for use with the standard power outlet adapters.

  • Page 57: Power Inverter - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The power inverter is designed with built-in overload CAUTION! CAUTION! protection. If the power rating of 150 W is exceeded, the power inverter automatically shuts down. Once the tery even more quickly. Only use these intermit- •...
  • Page 58 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Auxiliary Switches Auxiliary Switch Connections – Under Instrument Panel NOTE: In addition to the four auxiliary switch wires, a fused battery wire and ignition wire are also located in the Holding last state conditions are met when switch type interior, in the passenger side under the instrument is set to latching and power source is set to ignition.

  • Page 59: Power Windows - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Wire Color Chart Circuit Function Fuse Wire Color Locations Interior (passenger side under instrument Aux Switch 1 F93 – 40 Amp Beige/Pink panel) & Underhood (right side near battery) Interior (passenger side under instrument Aux Switch 2 F92 –...

  • Page 60: Auto-Down Feature

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To open the window part way (manually), push the win- WINDOW LOCKOUT SWITCH WRANGLER TOPS dow switch down briefly and release. NOTE: PROVIDED TOOLS The power window switches will remain active for up to For your convenience, a tool kit is provided with your 10 minutes after ignition is placed in the OFF position.

  • Page 61: Lowering The Soft Top Into Sunrider® Position

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE If your vehicle is equipped with a Dual Top (four door If the temperature is below 72°F (24°C) and/or the top Failure to follow these cautions may cause interior models only), the soft top system will be provided in a has been folded down for a period of time, the top will water damage, stains or mildew on the top material: separate box located in the rear of the vehicle for ship-...
  • Page 62 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Four Door Side View Components 1 — #1 Bow 6 — #6 Bow 2 — #2 Bow 7 — Front Window Retainer 3 — #3 Bow 8 — Lower Window Retainer 4 — #4 Bow 9 —...
  • Page 63 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Two Door Side View Components 1 — #1 Bow 6 — #6 Bow 2 — #2 Bow 7 — Front Window Retainer 3 — #3 Bow 8 — Lower Window Retainer 4 — #4 Bow 9 —...
  • Page 64 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Two And Four Door Rear Components 1 — Rear Window Retainer Attachment Points 2 — Quarter Window Pillars 3 — Swing Gate Bar Retainers NOTE: • All lowering and raising the soft top instructions are applicable to both two and four door model vehicles. •...
  • Page 65 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The following options are available to you when lower- 3. From both the left and right sides, lift up on the ing your vehicle’s soft top: #1 Bow of the soft top to start the operation. If leaving the soft top in the Sunrider®...
  • Page 66 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Removing The Soft Top Windows 4. Remove the plastic retainers from both quarter win- dow pillars. NOTE: Before fully lowering the soft top, the rear window and rear quarter windows must be removed. Remove The Rear Window: 1.
  • Page 67 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Remove The Right And Left Quarter Windows: 3. Starting at the rear of the vehicle, remove plastic 5. While keeping the window level, slide rearward until it is completely separate from its retainer. Do not retainer from along the bottom of the window mov- 1.
  • Page 68 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Soft Top Window Storage Bag — 3. Lay the second quarter window on top of the first If Equipped divider all the way to the left side with the inside of the window facing downward and the window pillar To safely store the soft top rear window, and rear quar- to the outside.
  • Page 69 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Lowering The Soft Top All The Way 5. Lay the rear window on top of the second divider. 1. Remove the rear window and quarter panel windows page 64. 2. From the Sunrider® position page 59, remove straps if previously secured and move to the rear of the vehicle.

  • Page 70: Raising The Soft Top

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 6. Once the lock lever is in the “lock” position, push RAISING THE SOFT TOP downward on each side of the folded soft top to Raising The Soft Top From The Fully Lowered Position ensure it is secure. An audible “click” may be heard. 1.
  • Page 71 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 7. Pull the handle back upward while squeezing the 2. Place the top of the quarter window pillar into the hook, locking the latch into place. top cover, and insert the bottom tab into the clip. Step Five 6.
  • Page 72 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 3. Engage the retainers on the front of the windows, ensuring they are fully engaged, followed by the retainers along the bottom of the windows. Step Four Step Two Install The Rear Window 3. Rotate the swing gate bar into the left and right side retainers.

  • Page 73: Removing The Soft Top

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE REMOVING THE SOFT TOP 1. Fully lower the soft top page 67. CAUTION! Failure to follow the next steps could result in dam- age to the Soft Top or vehicle. 2. Make sure the lift assist mechanism on both the left and right sides are in the “lock”...

  • Page 74: Installing The Soft Top

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 7. Using the provided #50 Torx head driver and ratchet, unscrew the Torx screw on both rear cor- ners of the vehicle, removing the retainers. Step Four Step Three 5. Repeat on the opposite side. CAUTION! Step Seven 6.
  • Page 75 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 4. Making sure the lift assist mechanism is in the the following table for recommended torque specifi- 6. While pulling the release lever on the top of the rail “lock” position, lift the soft top into the rear of the cations), being careful not to cross-thread the rearward, place the side link into the guide track on vehicle with the side links pointing toward the front.

  • Page 76: Hard Top Front Panel(S) Removal

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE HARD TOP FRONT PANEL(S) REMOVAL CAUTION! • The hard top is not designed to carry any addi- tional loads, such as after-market roof racks, spare tires, building materials, hunting or camping sup- plies, etc. For optional Mopar® accessory roof racks page 92.
  • Page 77 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Four Door Hard Top Components 1 — Right Side Panel 2 — Left Side Panel 3 — Hard Top...
  • Page 78 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Two Door Hard Top Components 1 — Right Side Panel 2 — Left Side Panel 3 — Hard Top NOTE: • All hard top removal and installation instructions are applicable to both two and four door model vehicles. •...
  • Page 79 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To remove the hard top front panel(s), proceed as 2. Unfold the black panel divider (ensure the divider is follows: lying flat). 1. Fold down the sun visor against the windshield. 3. Insert the right side Freedom Top panel into the bag with the latches facing downward.

  • Page 80: Hard Top Front Panel(S) Installation

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE HARD TOP FRONT PANEL(S) 5. Open the swing gate all the way to ensure clearance of the rear window glass. Lift the rear window glass. INSTALLATION 1. Open the header latch inside the vehicle, and the three L-shaped locks on each panel.
  • Page 81 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 7. Release the locking tab by pushing it downward. 10. Store the wire harness and washer hose in the compartment below the trim. To access the stor- age compartment, lift the trim cover as shown. Step Eight Step Seven 9.

  • Page 82: Installing The Hard Top

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 12. Secure the washer hose by snapping it in next to INSTALLING THE HARD TOP the receptacle, then replace the compartment If the door frames are installed from soft top usage, cover. they must be removed prior to installation of the hard top.
  • Page 83 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 3. Swing the front frame bracket around the side of the 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 on the other side of the rail, and insert the door rail attachment bolt (pro- vehicle. vided bolt without spacer) from underneath. Tighten NOTE: with a #40 Torx head driver until snug.

  • Page 84: Power Sliding Top - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To Open The Sunrider® Top 4. Secure the top by using the two hook-and-loop fas- teners provided with the Sunrider® kit, and wrap To open the Sunrider® top, proceed as follows: one around the side rails on each side of the 1.

  • Page 85: Pinch Protect Feature

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Power Top Maintenance Manual Open/Close WARNING! To open the power top manually, push and hold the Use only a non-abrasive cleaner and a soft cloth to • open switch to the full open position, then release. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle, or clean the quarter window glass panel.

  • Page 86: Rear Quarter Window Removal

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Quarter Window Removal NOTE: Quarter Window Storage Bag Do not pull down or apply any weight to the windows To use the storage bags for the rear quarter windows, On vehicles equipped with a Power Sliding Top, the rear after the latches are released.

  • Page 87: Door Frame

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE DOOR FRAME REMOVAL WARNING! NOTE: In a collision, unsecured rear quarter windows in the vehicle could cause injury. They could fly around in a In four door models, the rear door frames must be sudden stop or rough terrain and strike someone in removed first, followed by the front door frames.

  • Page 88: Door Frame Installation Four Door Models

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! • Do not drive your vehicle on public roads with the door frame(s) removed as you will lose the protec- tion that they can provide. This procedure is fur- nished for use during off-road operation only. •...

  • Page 89: Door Frame Installation Two Door Models

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 6. Swing the frame bracket around the side of the rail, and insert the screws from underneath. Tighten with #40 Torx head driver until they are snug, being care- ful not to cross-thread the screws or overtighten. Refer to the previous table for the appropriate torque specifications for the door rail screws.

  • Page 90: Folding Windshield

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • FOLDING WINDSHIELD Door Frame page 85 WARNING! • Freedom Top Panels page 77 Carefully follow these warnings to help protect CAUTION! against personal injury: CAUTION! • Do not drive your vehicle on-road with the wind- Lowering of the windshield is NOT recommended in shield down.
  • Page 91 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)/Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Sensor Protective Cover — If Equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a protective cover that is to be used whenever the windshield is folded down in order to protect the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)/Forward Collision Warning (FCW) sensor.

  • Page 92: Raising The Windshield

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE RAISING THE WINDSHIELD 5. Reinstall the protective caps over the wiper arm hex HOOD bolts and push gently until they snap into place. 1. Release the strap that secured the windshield in the OPENING THE HOOD lowered position.

  • Page 93: Closing The Hood

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • You may have to push down slightly on the hood CAUTION! before pushing the safety latch. • To prevent possible damage, do not slam the hood to While lifting the hood, use both hands. close it.

  • Page 94: Cargo Area Features

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! WARNING! • To help protect against personal injury, passengers Driving with the flip-up window open can allow poi- should not be seated in the rear cargo area. The sonous exhaust gases into your vehicle. You and your rear cargo space is intended for load carrying pur- passengers could be injured by these fumes.
  • Page 95 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Crossbars should always be used whenever cargo is CAUTION! placed on the roof rack. Check the straps frequently to be sure that the load remains securely attached. • Travel at reduced speeds and turn corners care- fully when carrying large or heavy loads on the roof NOTE: rack.

  • Page 96: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
  • Page 97 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL...

  • Page 98: Instrument Cluster Descriptions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY CAUTION! DESCRIPTIONS Driving with a hot engine cooling system could dam- Your vehicle will be equipped with an instrument cluster 1. Tachometer display, which offers useful information to the driver. age your vehicle.

  • Page 99: Instrument Cluster Display Location And Controls

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Down Arrow Button • INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY The system allows the driver to select information by pushing the following buttons mounted on the steering Push and release the down arrow button to LOCATION AND CONTROLS wheel: scroll downward through the Main Menu items.

  • Page 100: Display And Messages

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Secondary Method For Oil Change Reset Procedure • Five Second Unstored Messages The instrument cluster display will normally display the main menu or the screens of a selected feature of the When the appropriate conditions occur, this type of 1.

  • Page 101: Gear Shift Indicator (Gsi) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Front Seat Belts Unbuckled Oil Change Due ACC Override Driver Seat Belt Unbuckled Fuel Low Cruise Set To XXX mph or km/h Passenger Seat Belt Unbuckled Service Anti-lock Brake System Service Shifter Traction Control Off Service Electronic Throttle Control Tire Pressure Screen With Low Tire(s) Washer Fluid Low...

  • Page 102: Vehicle Info

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Speedometer ○ Adaptive Cruise Control Ready Transfer Case Lock Status: displays “Lock” graphic only during 4WD High, 4WD High Part When ACC is activated but the vehicle speed setting Push and release the up or down arrow button Time, 4WD Low status.
  • Page 103 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Audio change to a “LOW” message. Adding a significant Upper Left and Right amount of fuel to the vehicle will turn off the “LOW” Push and release the up or down arrow button None Current Econ Average Econ message and a new Range value will display.

  • Page 104: Battery Saver On/Battery Saver Mode Message - Electrical Load Reduction Actions - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Phone Call Status — If Equipped Gear Display — If Equipped In cases when the IBS detects charging system failure, or the vehicle battery conditions are deteriorating, elec- • Full A pop-up message for an incoming call will appear on trical load reduction actions will take place to extend •...

  • Page 105: Warning Lights And Messages

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL ○ Loss of the battery charge may indicate one or more of Check what may be plugged in to power outlets RED WARNING LIGHTS the following conditions: +12 Volt, 150W, USB ports ○ Air Bag Warning Light Check HVAC settings (blower, temperature) •...

  • Page 106: Battery Charge Warning Light

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Warning NOTE: system is indicated by the Brake Warning Light, which will turn on when the brake fluid level in the master Light This light shows only that the parking brake is applied. cylinder has dropped below a specified level.
  • Page 107 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Oil Temperature Warning Light Transmission Temperature Warning If the light turns on while driving, safely pull over and stop the vehicle. If the Air Conditioning (A/C) system is Light This warning light will illuminate to indicate on, turn it off.

  • Page 108: Yellow Warning Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Vehicle Security Warning Light — Loose Fuel Filler Cap Warning Light — running. If the ESC Indicator Light comes on continu- If Equipped ously with the engine running, a malfunction has been If Equipped detected in the ESC system.
  • Page 109 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Service 4WD Warning Light — Cruise Control Fault Warning Light Certain conditions, such as a loose or missing gas cap, poor quality fuel, etc., may illuminate the light after If Equipped This warning light will illuminate to indicate engine start.

  • Page 110: Yellow Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be nated, the system may not be able to detect or signal YELLOW INDICATOR LIGHTS checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may 4WD Indicator Light —...

  • Page 111: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Forward Collision Warning (FCW) OFF Rear Axle Lock Indicator Light 4WD Auto Indicator Light — If Equipped Indicator Light — If Equipped This light indicates when the rear axle lock This light alerts the driver that the vehicle is has been activated page 120.

  • Page 112: White Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Plug Status Indicator Light — PHEV Only Gear Shift Indicator Light — If Equipped NOTE: with a Base Cluster When plugged in, the green plug indicator • A continuous chime will sound if the vehicle is light will illuminate if the Electric Vehicle driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) with either turn When the automatic transmission is in...

  • Page 113: Blue Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Cruise Control SET Indicator Light — ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM — OBD II ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM If Equipped With Base Instrument (OBD II) CYBERSECURITY Cluster Your vehicle is equipped with a sophisticated Onboard Your vehicle is required to have OBD II and a connection Diagnostic system called OBD II.

  • Page 114: Starting And Operating

    STARTING AND OPERATING STARTING THE ENGINE NORMAL STARTING 4. If the gear selector is in NEUTRAL, and the vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h), pushing the START/ To Turn On The Engine Using The ENGINE START/STOP STOP button once will turn the engine off. The igni- Before starting your vehicle, adjust your seat, adjust Button tion will remain in the ACC position.

  • Page 115: Autopark

    STARTING AND OPERATING If the driver shifts into PARK while moving, the vehicle • 4. Push the ENGINE START/STOP button a third time to Driver’s door is ajar or if the driver’s door is removed may AutoPark. return the ignition to the OFF position (instrument and the driver is not on the seat (seat pad sensor cluster will display “OFF”).

  • Page 116: Extended Park Starting

    STARTING AND OPERATING EXTENDED PARK STARTING IF ENGINE FAILS TO START EXTREME COLD WEATHER (BELOW –22°F OR −30°C) If the engine fails to start after following the “Normal NOTE: Starting” procedure and the vehicle has not experi- Extended Park condition occurs when the vehicle has To ensure reliable starting at these temperatures, use enced an extended park condition, as previously not been started or driven for at least 30 days.

  • Page 117: L Engine (If Equipped)

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: 300 to 500 miles (483 to 805 km): • A new engine may consume some oil during its first few Exercise the full engine RPM range, shifting manu- thousand miles (kilometers) of operation. This should ally (paddles or gear shift) at higher RPMs when be considered a normal part of the break-in and not possible.

  • Page 118: Automatic Transmission

    STARTING AND OPERATING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING! WARNING! running. Before exiting a vehicle, always come to a • Never use the PARK position as a substitute for the You must press and hold the brake pedal while shifting complete stop, then apply the parking brake, shift parking brake.

  • Page 119: Ignition Park Interlock

    STARTING AND OPERATING IGNITION PARK INTERLOCK must also press the brake pedal to shift from NEUTRAL into DRIVE or REVERSE when the vehicle is stopped or This vehicle is equipped with an Ignition Park Interlock moving at low speeds. Select the DRIVE range for nor- which requires the transmission to be in PARK before mal driving.
  • Page 120 STARTING AND OPERATING PARK (P) The following indicators should be used to ensure that CAUTION! you have properly engaged the transmission into the This range supplements the parking brake by locking PARK position: the transmission. The engine can be started in this •...

  • Page 121: Transmission Limp Home Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING MANUAL (M) • Even if the transmission can be reset, we recom- mend that you visit an authorized dealer at your The MANUAL (M, +/-) position (beside the DRIVE posi- earliest possible convenience. An authorized dealer tion) enables full manual control of transmission shift- has diagnostic equipment to assess the condition of ing also known as AutoStick mode.

  • Page 122: Four-Wheel Drive Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING • The transmission will automatically downshift to WARNING! FIRST gear when coming to a stop. After a stop, the driver should manually upshift (+) the transmission Do not downshift for additional engine braking on a as the vehicle is accelerated. slippery surface.

  • Page 123: Shifting Procedures

    STARTING AND OPERATING N (Neutral) In the event that additional traction is required, the erator pedal after completing the shift. Do not acceler- transfer case 4H and 4L positions can be used to lock ate while shifting the transfer case. Apply a constant the front and rear driveshafts together, forcing the front force when shifting the transfer case lever.

  • Page 124: Trac-Lok Rear Axle - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING 4H PART TIME/4H AUTO TO 4L OR 4L TO 4H Trac-Lok is especially helpful during slippery driving This feature will only activate when the following condi- conditions. With both rear wheels on a slippery surface, tions are met: PART TIME/4H AUTO a slight application of the accelerator will supply maxi- •...

  • Page 125: Axle Lock (Tru-Lok) Rear Only - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • AXLE LOCK (TRU-LOK) REAR ONLY Vehicle must not be actively in a high wheel slip or tight cornering condition. — IF EQUIPPED To activate the system, push the AXLE LOCK switch The rear axle may be locked in 4H if the proper condi- down to lock the rear axle only (“REAR ONLY”...

  • Page 126: Off Road+ - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING OFF ROAD+ — IF EQUIPPED Once in Off Road+, the vehicle will begin to behave in WARNING! different ways depending on the 4WD mode in use. The When activated, Off Road+ is designed to improve the following enhancements will occur when using Off vehicle speed is reduced below 14 mph (22 km/h), user experience when using specific Off Road driving Road+.

  • Page 127: Torque Reserve - 6.4L (If Equipped)

    STARTING AND OPERATING DUAL MODE EXHAUST — 6.4L WINCH USAGE — RUBICON If the ESC OFF button is pushed while in Off Road+, the following will occur on the vehicle: (IF EQUIPPED) (IF EQUIPPED) • Push of the ESC OFF Button: Traction Control will turn off, but Stability Control will remain active.

  • Page 128: Understanding The Features Of Your Winch

    STARTING AND OPERATING 3. Remote Socket: The remote socket (underneath Snatch/Block Pulley: Used properly, the CAUTION! this cap) allows the remote control to be attached to multi-purpose snatch block allows you to (1) the control pack to allow the winch to function. increase the winch's pulling power;...

  • Page 129: General Information

    STARTING AND OPERATING General Information WARNING! CAUTION! Practice using your winch before you get stuck. Some • • Always wear heavy leather gloves when handling Inspect for cracks, pinches, frayed rope, or loose key points to remember when using your winch are: the synthetic rope.
  • Page 130 STARTING AND OPERATING WARNING! CAUTION! • Never touch winch rope or hook while someone Always be certain the anchor you select will withstand else is at the control switch or during winching the load. operation. • Never touch winch rope or hook while under ten- NOTE: sion or under load.
  • Page 131 STARTING AND OPERATING Tree Trunk Protector Winch Box Remote Control Connector Heavy Blanket Over Rope 10. Put synthetic rope under tension. Using the remote In certain situations you may decide to throw a 1 — Clevis/D-Shackles control switch, slowly wind the rope until no slack heavy blanket or similar object over the rope.
  • Page 132 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: ○ Avoid overheating the winch motor. For extended winching, stop at reasonable intervals to allow the winch motor to cool down. What to look for under load: The synthetic rope ○ must always spool onto the drum as indicated by the drum rotation decal on the winch.

  • Page 133: Rigging Techniques

    STARTING AND OPERATING How To Change The Pulling Direction Double Line on the synthetic rope. Walk the synthetic rope towards the fairlead, carefully spooling in the Because pulling power decreases with the number of remaining rope by pulsing the remote control switch. layers of synthetic rope on the winch drum, you can use 18.

  • Page 134: Fuel Saver Technology - 6.4L (If Equipped)

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: If the “SERVICE POWER STEERING” message and a flashing icon are displayed on the instrument cluster This system may take some time to return to full func- screen, it indicates that the vehicle needs to be taken tionality after a battery disconnect.

  • Page 135: Possible Reasons The Engine Does Not Autostop

    STARTING AND OPERATING To Activate The Autostop Mode, The Following Must • • The transmission is not in a forward gear. Battery voltage drops too low. Occur: • • Hood is open. Stop/Start OFF switch is pushed. • The system must be in STOP/START READY state. A •...

  • Page 136: To Manually Turn On The Stop/Start System

    STARTING AND OPERATING • TO MANUALLY TURN ON THE Only one Cruise Control feature can operate at a WARNING! time. For example, if Fixed Speed Cruise Control is STOP/START SYSTEM enabled, Adaptive Cruise Control will be unavailable, Cruise Control can be dangerous where the system and vice versa.

  • Page 137: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc)

    STARTING AND OPERATING USING CRUISE CONTROL ON HILLS When the vehicle has reached the desired speed, push Pushing the on/off button or placing the ignition in the the SET (+) or SET (-) button and release. Release the OFF position erases the set speed from memory. The transmission may downshift on hills to maintain the accelerator and the vehicle will operate at the selected vehicle set speed.

  • Page 138: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc) Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Operation Adaptive Cruise Control Ready WARNING! When ACC is activated, but the vehicle speed setting The buttons on the right side of the steering wheel while driving to maintain safe control of your has not been selected, the display will read “Adaptive operate the ACC system.

  • Page 139: To Set A Desired Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING To Set A Desired Speed NOTE: • When the automatic transmission is in PARK, REVERSE or NEUTRAL When the vehicle reaches the speed desired, push the • Keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal can • SET (+) button or the SET (-) button and release. The When the vehicle speed is below the minimum cause the vehicle to continue to accelerate beyond speed range...

  • Page 140: To Turn Off

    STARTING AND OPERATING To Turn Off NOTE: WARNING! When you override and push the SET (+) button or SET The system will turn off and erase the set speed in (-) buttons, the new set speed will be the current speed The Resume function should only be used if traffic memory if: of the vehicle.

  • Page 141: Overtake Aid

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • The vehicle ahead moves out of your lane or view of the sensor When the vehicle transitions from a location with left • hand drive traffic to a location with right hand drive traf- The distance setting is changed fic or vice versa, the ACC system will automatically •...

  • Page 142: Display Warnings And Maintenance

    STARTING AND OPERATING Display Warnings And Maintenance • Do not remove any screws from the sensor. Doing so The “ACC/FCW Limited Functionality Clean Front Wind- could cause an ACC system malfunction or failure shield” message can sometimes be displayed while “WIPE FRONT RADAR SENSOR IN FRONT OF and require a sensor realignment.
  • Page 143 STARTING AND OPERATING Precautions While Driving With ACC TURNS AND BENDS LANE CHANGING In certain driving situations, ACC may have detection When driving on a curve with ACC engaged, the system ACC may not detect a vehicle until it is completely in the issues.

  • Page 144: Parksense Front/Rear Park Assist System

    STARTING AND OPERATING NARROW VEHICLES ParkSense will retain the last system state (enabled or disabled) from the last ignition cycle when the ignition Some narrow vehicles traveling near the outer edges of is placed in the ON/RUN position. the lane or edging into the lane are not detected until ParkSense can be active only when the gear selector is they have moved fully into the lane.

  • Page 145: Parksense Display

    STARTING AND OPERATING PARKSENSE DISPLAY The warning display will turn on indicating the system status when the vehicle is in REVERSE or when the vehicle is in DRIVE and an obstacle has been detected. The system will indicate a detected obstacle by showing a single arc in one or more regions based on the obsta- cle’s distance and location relative to the vehicle.
  • Page 146 STARTING AND OPERATING ParkSense Arcs 1 — No Tone/Solid Arc 6 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 2 — No Tone/Flashing Arc 7 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 3 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 8 — Slow Tone/Solid Arc 4 — Continuous Tone/Flashing Arc 9 —...
  • Page 147 STARTING AND OPERATING The vehicle is close to the obstacle when the display shows one flashing arc and sounds a continuous tone. The following chart shows the warning alert operation when the sys- tem is detecting an obstacle: WARNING ALERTS FOR REAR Greater than Rear Distance 79-59 inches...

  • Page 148: Parksense Warning Display

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: When the gear selector is moved to REVERSE and the If the “ParkSense Unavailable Service Required” mes- system is disabled, the instrument cluster display will sage appears in the instrument cluster display, see an ParkSense will reduce the volume of the radio, if on, show the “PARKSENSE OFF”...

  • Page 149: Parkview Rear Back Up Camera

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: PARKVIEW REAR BACK UP CAMERA — WARNING! The “ParkSense Off” message will not display while IF EQUIPPED the vehicle is in 4WD Low position. You are responsible for safety and must continue to pay attention to your surroundings. Failure to do •...

  • Page 150: Trailcam System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NOTE: WARNING! If snow, ice, mud, or any foreign substance builds up on • If the vehicle speed remains below 8 mph the camera lens, clean the lens, rinse with water, and Drivers must be careful when backing up even when (13 km/h), the Rear View Camera image will be dis- dry with a soft cloth.

  • Page 151: Refueling The Vehicle

    STARTING AND OPERATING Manual Activation Of The TrailCam NOTE: TrailCam view can be activated via these methods: • If the vehicle speed remains below 8 mph • Press the FWD Camera button on the controls (13 km/h) while in 2WD or 4WD High, the TrailCam screen.

  • Page 152: Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NOTE: cation Number (VIN). A Month-Day-Hour (MDH) number ○ is included on this label and indicates the Month, Day When the fuel nozzle “clicks” or shuts off, the • When the fuel nozzle “clicks” or shuts off, the fuel and Hour of manufacture.

  • Page 153: Trailer Towing

    STARTING AND OPERATING Curb Weight Gross Trailer Weight (GTW) WARNING! The curb weight of a vehicle is defined as the total The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR weight of the vehicle with all fluids, including vehicle all cargo, consumables and equipment (permanent or or the maximum front and rear GAWR.

  • Page 154: Frontal Area

    STARTING AND OPERATING Frontal Area Weight-Distributing Hitch WARNING! The frontal area is the maximum height multiplied by A Weight-Distributing Hitch works by applying leverage • An improperly adjusted Weight Distributing Hitch the maximum width of the front of a trailer. through spring (load) bars.

  • Page 155: Breakaway Cable Attachment

    STARTING AND OPERATING BREAKAWAY CABLE ATTACHMENT European braking regulations for braked trailers up to 7,700 lb (3,500 kg), require trailers to be fitted with either a secondary coupling or breakaway cable. The recommended location for attaching the normal trailer's breakaway cable is in the stamped slot located on the sidewall of the hitch receiver.

  • Page 156: Trailer Towing Weights (Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings)

    STARTING AND OPERATING TRAILER TOWING WEIGHTS (MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT RATINGS) Model Frontal Area Maximum GTW Maximum Trailer TW Two-Door 20 ft (1.86 m 3,300 lb (1,497 kg) 165 lb (75 kg) Four-Door 30 ft (2.79 m 5,500 lb (2,495 kg) 275 lb (125 kg) Four-Door 6.4L 30 ft...

  • Page 157: Towing Requirements - Tires

    STARTING AND OPERATING Towing Requirements — Trailer Brakes Towing Requirements — Trailer Lights CAUTION! And Wiring Do not interconnect the hydraulic brake system or • • Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles vacuum system of your vehicle with that of the Whenever you pull a trailer, regardless of the trailer (805 km) the new vehicle is driven.
  • Page 158 STARTING AND OPERATING Seven-Pin Connector 13–Pin Connector — If Equipped 1 — Backup Lamps 2 — Running Lamps 3 — Left Stop/Turn 4 — Ground 5 — Battery 6 — Right Stop/Turn 7 — Electric Brakes Pin Number Function Wire Color Left Turn Signal Black/White Rear Fog Light...

  • Page 159: Towing Tips

    STARTING AND OPERATING Pin Number Function Wire Color Reverse Lights Blue/Red Permanent Power Supply (+12 Volt) Power Supply Controlled by Ignition Switch (+12 Volt) Yellow Return for Contact (Pin) 10 Yellow/Brown Reserve for Future Allocation – Return for Contact (Pin) 9 Red/Brown NOTE: The allocation pin 12 has been changed from “Coding for Coupled Trailer”...
  • Page 160 STARTING AND OPERATING Trailer Tow Hitch Attachment Points And Overhang Dimensions 27.28 inches (693 mm) 37.17 - 39.65 inches (944 - 1,007 mm) 2.56 - 5.04 inches (65 - 128 mm) 2.60 inches (66 mm) 6.34 inches (161 mm) 13.78 - 16.54 inches (350 - 420 mm) 1.97 inches (50 mm) 5.51 inches (140 mm)

  • Page 161: Recreational Towing (Behind Motorhome)

    STARTING AND OPERATING RECREATIONAL TOWING (BEHIND MOTORHOME) TOWING THIS VEHICLE BEHIND ANOTHER VEHICLE Towing Condition Wheels OFF the Ground Four-Wheel Drive Models Flat Tow NONE NOT ALLOWED Front NOT ALLOWED Dolly Tow Rear NOT ALLOWED On Trailer NOTE: When towing your vehicle, always follow applicable laws. Contact local authorities for additional details. OFF-ROAD DRIVING TIPS DRIVING TIPS Side Step Removal —...

  • Page 162: Bumper End Cap Removal

    STARTING AND OPERATING Bumper End Cap Removal trail, you should always be looking ahead for surface obstacles and changes in terrain. The key is to plan The end caps on your vehicle’s front fascia/bumper can your future driving route while remembering what you be removed by following the steps listed: are currently driving over.

  • Page 163: Simultaneous Brake And Throttle Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING CAUTION! CAUTION! Deep mud creates a great deal of suction around the Do not use 4L when operating the vehicle on dry Reduced tire pressures may cause tire unseating and tires and is very difficult to get through. You should use pavement.
  • Page 164 STARTING AND OPERATING Hill Climbing Have the person stand a safe distance in front of you WARNING! where they can see the obstacle, watch your tires and Hill climbing requires good judgment and a good under- undercarriage, and guide you through. There is an increased risk of rollover when crossing standing of your abilities and your vehicle's limitations.

  • Page 165: Driving Through Water

    STARTING AND OPERATING Driving Through Water DRIVING ACROSS AN INCLINE surface and will usually provide enough traction to com- plete the climb. If you do not make it to the top, place If at all possible, avoid driving across an incline. If it is Extreme care should be taken crossing any type of the vehicle in REVERSE and back straight down the necessary, know your vehicle's abilities.

  • Page 166: After Driving Off-Road

    STARTING AND OPERATING BEFORE YOU CROSS ANY TYPE OF WATER CROSSING DITCHES, STREAMS, SHALLOW • Completely inspect the underbody of your vehicle. Check tires, body structure, steering, suspension, RIVERS OR OTHER FLOWING WATER As you approach any type of water, you need to deter- and exhaust system for damage.

  • Page 167: Uconnect Systems

    MULTIMEDIA UCONNECT SYSTEMS Press the Back Arrow button to exit out of a Menu or WARNING! certain option on the Uconnect system. • For detailed information about your Uconnect 5 NAV ONLY insert trusted devices/components into your CUSTOMER PROGRAMMABLE With 12.3-inch Display, refer to your Uconnect Radio vehicle.
  • Page 168 MULTIMEDIA NOTE: When making a selection, press the button on the ting is complete, press the Vehicle button to exit to the touchscreen to enter the desired menu. Once in the screen. Pressing the Up or Down Arrow button on the •...
  • Page 169 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Turn-by-Turn Displayed in This setting will display Navigation prompts in the Instrument Cluster Display. Cluster Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster This setting will display smartphone notifications and messages in the Instrument Cluster Display. Auto Launch with Off-Road+ This setting will determine how the Off-Road feature is launched through the radio when turning the vehicle on.
  • Page 170 This setting will allow you to change the voice options for the radio to “Male” or “Female”. Wake Up Word This setting will allow you to set the system “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, Jeep”. Voice Barge-in This setting will allow Voice Barge-in to be turned on or off.

  • Page 171: Safety/Driving Assistance

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Turn-by-Turn Displayed in This setting will display Navigation prompts in the Instrument Cluster Display. Cluster Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster This setting will display smartphone notifications and messages in the Instrument Cluster Display. Safety/Driving Assistance When the Safety/Driving Assistance button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s safety settings.

  • Page 172: Setting Name

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Traffic Sign Recognition This setting will turn Traffic Sign Recognition on or off. Traffic Sign Assist This setting will turn Traffic Sign Assist on or off. Traffic Sign Assist Warning This setting will allow you to set the warning type related to the traffic sign. The available options are “Off”, “Visual”, and “Visual + Chime”.

  • Page 173: Clock & Date

    MULTIMEDIA Clock & Date When the Clock & Date button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the different options related to the vehicle’s internal clock. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Sync Time With GPS This setting will sync the time to the GPS receiver in the system.
  • Page 174 This setting will allow you to change the system’s voice to either “Male” or “Female”. Wake Up Word This setting will allow you to set the system’s “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, Jeep”. Voice Barge-In This setting allows you to respond to a Voice Response before the statement is completed by the system.
  • Page 175 MULTIMEDIA Camera When the Camera button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s camera features. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description ParkView Backup Camera Delay This setting will add a timed delay to the ParkView Backup Camera when shifting out of REVERSE. ParkView Backup Camera Active This setting will turn the ParkView Backup Camera Active Guidelines on or off.

  • Page 176: Doors And Locks

    MULTIMEDIA Lights When the Lights button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s exterior and interior lights. NOTE: • When the “Daytime Running Lights” feature is selected, the daytime running lights can be turned on or off. This feature is only allowed by law in the country of the vehicle purchase.
  • Page 177 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Sound Horn With Lock This setting will sound the horn when the Lock button is pushed on the key fob. The “Off” setting will not sound the horn when the Lock button is pushed. The “1st Press” setting will sound the horn when the Lock button is pushed once. The “2nd Press” setting will sound the horn when the Lock button is pushed twice.

  • Page 178: Aux Switches

    MULTIMEDIA AUX Switches When the AUX Switches button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the option related to the four vehicle AUX switches. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description This setting will adjust the type and power source for the four vehicle AUX switches. There are two types: “Latching” and “Momen- tary”.
  • Page 179 MULTIMEDIA Audio When the Audio button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays options related to the vehicle’s sound system. These settings can change the audio location within the vehicle, adjust the bass or treble levels, and auto-play settings from an audio device or smartphone. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.

  • Page 180: Radio Setup

    MULTIMEDIA Radio Setup When the Radio Setup button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will provide selectable options related to the regional setup of the radio. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Regional This setting will automatically switch between network stations depending on the region.

  • Page 181: Steering Wheel Audio Controls

    MULTIMEDIA STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS — OFF-ROAD PAGES — IF EQUIPPED The following describes the left-hand control operation in each mode: IF EQUIPPED If your vehicle is equipped with Off-Road Pages, it will RADIO OPERATION provide you vehicle status information while operating on off-road conditions.

  • Page 182: Accessory Gauge

    MULTIMEDIA ACCESSORY GAUGE The Accessory Gauge page displays the current status of the vehicle’s Coolant Temperature, Oil Temperature, Oil Pressure (Gas Vehicles Only), Transmission Tem- perature (Automatic Transmissions Only), and Battery Voltage. Vehicle Dynamics Menu 2WD/4WD Pitch & Roll Menu 2WD/4WD 1 —...

  • Page 183: Trail Recording - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA • TRAIL RECORDING — IF EQUIPPED Places Places Obstacles Guidance • Obstacle Staging Area Sand Dead End Overview • Guidance Trailhead Steep Ascent Hard Left The Trail Recording feature can be accessed from a NOTE: Water Steep Descent Hard Right variety of different ways: Within the Vehicle Dashboard A Waypoint can be placed whether or not the vehicle is Water...

  • Page 184: Adventure Guides - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA Saved Trails ○ ADVENTURE GUIDES — IF EQUIPPED If there are no search results within the area in which you added the address or keyword, the To view previously saved trails, click the Saved Record- message “No Results Found” will display on your ings button on the Trail Recording home page.
  • Page 185 MULTIMEDIA Preloaded Trails Press “Preloaded Trails” to see a list of trails that are preloaded onto your Uconnect system. Expanded Trail Difficulty View Navigate To Trail NOTE: 5. If the trail does not exist within your Uconnect sys- tem’s local memory, press the Download button. If Each trail detail screen will provide you information Preloaded Trails the trail already exists, meaning it has already been...
  • Page 186 MULTIMEDIA Press the Remove icon to remove a trail from the list. You will be presented with a confirmation, “Are you sure you want to delete this trail?”. Press “Yes” to show the selected trail was deleted successfully, or press “No” or the X button which will bring you back to the Down- loaded Trails list.

  • Page 187: Safety Features

    SAFETY Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning SAFETY FEATURES WARNING! Light • The ABS contains sophisticated electronic equip- ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) The yellow ABS Warning Light will turn on when the igni- ment that may be susceptible to interference tion is placed in the ON/RUN mode and may stay on for caused by improperly installed or high output radio The ABS provides increased vehicle stability and brake as long as four seconds.

  • Page 188: Electronic Brake Control (Ebc) System

    SAFETY Brake System Warning Light WARNING! WARNING! The red Brake System Warning Light will turn on when never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous man- • Before exiting a vehicle, always come to a com- the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN mode and may ner, which could jeopardize the user's safety or the plete stop, then shift the automatic transmission stay on for as long as four seconds.

  • Page 189: Electronic Stability Control (Esc)

    SAFETY ESC Operating Modes begins to flash during acceleration, ease up on the WARNING! accelerator and apply as little throttle as possible. Be Depending upon model and mode of operation, the ESC sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing Many factors, such as vehicle loading, road condi- system may have multiple operating modes.

  • Page 190: Esc Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light And Esc Off Indicator Light

    SAFETY Indicator Light also flashes when TCS is active. If the WARNING! WARNING! ESC Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light begins to flash during acceleration, ease up on the accelerator • • When in “Partial Off” mode, the TCS functionality In the ESC “Full Off” mode, the engine torque and apply as little throttle as possible.

  • Page 191: Hill Start Assist (Hsa)

    SAFETY NOTE: • 3. Active (feature is enabled and actively controlling HDC detects excessive brake temperature. vehicle speed). Feedback To The Driver During HDC the +/- shifter input is used for HDC target Enabling HDC speed selection, but will not affect the gear chosen by The instrument cluster has an HDC icon and the HDC the transmission.
  • Page 192 SAFETY Rain Brake Support (RBS) the driver does not apply the throttle before this time WARNING! expires, the system will release brake pressure and the RBS may improve braking performance in wet condi- vehicle will roll down the hill as normal. safe control of your vehicle.
  • Page 193 SAFETY Deactivating SSC • • The parking brake is released. 9th = 5.6 mph (9 km/h) — if equipped • • The driver door is closed (If doors are attached, the REVERSE = 0.6 mph (1 km/h) SSC will be deactivated but remain available if any of door must be closed.

  • Page 194: Traction Control System (Tcs)

    SAFETY Trailer Sway Control (TSC) • The cluster icon and switch light will flash for several seconds then extinguish when SSC disables due to TSC uses sensors in the vehicle to recognize an exces- excess speed. sively swaying trailer and will take the appropriate •...
  • Page 195 SAFETY Entering From The Side • The BSM system detection zone DOES NOT change if your vehicle is towing a trailer. Therefore, visually Vehicles that move into your adjacent lanes from either verify the adjacent lane is clear for both your vehicle side of the vehicle.

  • Page 196: Rear Cross Path (Rcp)

    SAFETY Rear Cross Path (RCP) Overtaking Traffic The BSM system is designed not to issue an alert on stationary objects such as guardrails, posts, walls, foli- If you pass another vehicle slowly with a relative speed RCP is intended to aid the driver when backing out of age, berms, etc.

  • Page 197: Forward Collision Warning (Fcw) With Mitigation - If Equipped

    SAFETY NOTE: chime will also be sounded. Whenever a turn signal and Upon re-installation of both doors, the system will detected object are present on the same side at the resume functionality based on the personalized mode In a parking lot situation, oncoming vehicles can be same time, both the visual and audible alerts will be selected.

  • Page 198: Turning Fcw On Or Off

    SAFETY • • collision. If the Forward Collision Warning with Mitiga- The FCW system is intended for on-road use only. If Select “OFF” in the FCW menu to turn the FCW sys- tion event stops the vehicle completely, the system will the vehicle is taken off-road, the FCW system should tem off.

  • Page 199: Fcw Limited Warning

    SAFETY Service FCW Warning NOTE: The TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure if the tire pressure falls below the low-pressure warning The “Far” setting may result in a greater number of If the system turns off, and the instrument cluster limit for any reason, including low temperature effects FCW possible collision warnings experienced.

  • Page 200: System Operation

    SAFETY NOTE: NOTE: When filling warm tires, the tire pressure may need to • The TPMS is not intended to replace normal tire be increased up to an additional 4 psi (28 kPa) above care and maintenance, or to provide warning of a the recommended cold placard pressure in order to tire failure or condition.
  • Page 201 SAFETY SERVICE TPMS WARNING Light to be on, a chime to sound, an Inflate to XX message to appear in the instrument cluster, and When a system fault is detected, the TPMS Warning the graphic display will still show the low tire pres- Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then sure value in a different color.
  • Page 202 SAFETY display pressure values in place of the dashes. On the When Tire Fill Alert mode is entered, the tire pressure In the Selectable Tire Fill Alert application, which is next ignition cycle the "SERVICE TIRE PRESSURE SYS- display screen will be displayed in the instrument located in the apps menu of the Uconnect system, you TEM"...

  • Page 203: Occupant Restraint Systems

    SAFETY Horn chirps will indicate STFA status as tires are Here are some simple steps you can take to minimize 3. If a child from 2 to 12 years old (not in a rear-facing inflated/deflated. The horn will chirp under the follow- the risk of harm from a deploying air bag: child restraint) must ride in the front passenger ing STFA states:...

  • Page 204: Seat Belt Systems

    SAFETY Enhanced Seat Belt Use Reminder repeat based on vehicle speed until the driver and WARNING! System (BeltAlert) occupied outboard front seat passenger seat belts are • buckled. The driver should instruct all occupants to Should it be necessary to carry a child on the pas- Driver And Passenger BeltAlert —...
  • Page 205 SAFETY under normal conditions. However, in a collision the WARNING! WARNING! seat belt will lock and reduce your risk of striking the inside of the vehicle or being thrown out of the vehicle. • Two people should never be belted into a single seat internal injuries.

  • Page 206: Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure

    SAFETY 3. Slide the latch plate upward over the folded web- bing. The folded webbing must enter the slot at the top of the latch plate. 4. Continue to slide the latch plate up until it clears the folded webbing and the seat belt is no longer twisted.

  • Page 207: Supplemental Restraint Systems (Srs)

    SAFETY Seat Belts And Pregnant Women NOTE: NOTE: The adjustable upper shoulder belt anchorage is These devices are not a substitute for proper seat belt equipped with an Easy Up feature. This feature allows placement by the occupant. The seat belt still must be the shoulder belt anchorage to be adjusted in the worn snugly and positioned properly.

  • Page 208: Redundant Air Bag Warning Light

    SAFETY • Knee Impact Bolsters function. While the air bag system is designed to be instrument panel. The Redundant Air Bag Warning Light maintenance free, if any of the following occurs, have will stay on until the fault is cleared. In addition, a •...

  • Page 209: Driver And Passenger Front Air Bag Features

    SAFETY Driver And Passenger Front Air Bag WARNING! WARNING! Features because the air bags may no longer be functional. • Being too close to the steering wheel or instrument The front air bag system is designed to inflate based on The protective covers for the air bag cushions are panel during front air bag deployment could cause the severity and type of collision as determined by the...
  • Page 210 SAFETY When the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) detects a WARNING! collision requiring the front air bags, it signals the infla- tor units. A large quantity of non-toxic gas is generated • Do not install a child restraint in the front seat to inflate the front air bags.
  • Page 211 SAFETY Once the self-check is complete, only one Passenger Air WARNING! Bag Indicator Light should be illuminated at a time. • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a WARNING! seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
  • Page 212 SAFETY DISABLING (OFF) The Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag To DISABLE (OFF) the Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag, access the instrument cluster display main menu located in the instrument cluster by pushing the Up or Down arrow but- ton located on the steering wheel, then complete the following actions: Action Information Scroll Up or Down to “Vehicle Set-Up”...
  • Page 213 SAFETY ENABLING (ON) The Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag Access the instrument cluster display main menu located in the instrument cluster by pushing the Up or Down arrow button located on the steering wheel, then complete the fol- lowing actions: Action Information Scroll Up or Down to “Vehicle Set-Up”...

  • Page 214: Knee Impact Bolsters

    SAFETY Supplemental Side Air Bags could injure occupants if they are not seated properly, WARNING! or if items are positioned in the area where the SAB Supplemental Seat-Mounted Side Air Bags (SABs) — • inflates. Children are at an even greater risk of injury Should it be necessary to carry a child on the pas- If Equipped from a deploying air bag.
  • Page 215 SAFETY Side Impacts SABICs (if equipped with SABICs) may help reduce the WARNING! risk of head and other injuries to front and rear seat The Side Air Bags are designed to activate in certain outboard occupants in certain side impacts, in addition •...

  • Page 216: Airbag System Components

    SAFETY Air Bag System Components Enhanced Accident Response System ing along a carpet or gymnasium floor. They are not caused by contact with chemicals. They are not per- In the event of an impact, if the communication net- NOTE: manent and normally heal quickly. However, if you work remains intact, and the power remains intact, haven’t healed significantly within a few days, or if The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the...

  • Page 217: Enhanced Accident Response System Reset Procedure

    SAFETY Maintaining Your Air Bag System Event Data Recorder (EDR) NOTE: After an accident, remember to cycle the ignition to the This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder STOP (OFF/LOCK) position and remove the key from the WARNING! (EDR).

  • Page 218: Child Restraints - Carrying Children Safely

    SAFETY CHILD RESTRAINTS — CARRYING sure you have the correct seat for your child. Carefully WARNING! read and follow all the instructions and warnings in the CHILDREN SAFELY child restraint Owner’s Manual and on all the labels • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a attached to the child restraint.
  • Page 219 The rear-facing child restraint is restrained by the vehi- a seating position is suitable for the type of child Jeep® vehicles. cle’s seat belts, as shown in fig. A. The child seat restraint you are using page 222.
  • Page 220 SAFETY Group 3 Children who weigh between 9 kg and 18 kg may be WARNING! carried in a Group 1, forward facing seat like the one in fig. B. This type of child restraint is for older children ments. Remove the child restraint before adjusting who are too big for a Group 0 or 0+ child restraint.

  • Page 221: Isofix Restraint System

    SAFETY belt buckle is latched. A child’s squirming or slouching Your vehicle is equipped with the child restraint anchor- can move the belt out of position. If the shoulder belt age system called ISOFIX. This system allows ISOFIX- contacts the face or neck, move the child closer to the equipped child seats to be installed without using the center of the vehicle, or use a booster seat to position vehicle’s seat belts.

  • Page 222: Center Seat Isofix

    SAFETY Center Seat ISOFIX Four-Door Models the vehicle, you may wish to move it to its rear-most position to make room for the child seat. You may There are tether strap anchorages behind each rear Two-Door Model also move the front seat forward to allow more room outboard seating position located on the back of the for the child seat.

  • Page 223: Installing Child Restraints Using The Top Tether Anchorage

    SAFETY Installing Child Restraints Using The Top Suitability Of Passenger Seats For i-Size Tether Anchorage: Child Restraint System Use The rear outboard seats of the vehicle are type- 1. Look behind the seating position where you plan to approved to house the state-of-the-art i-Size child install the child restraint to find the tether anchor- restraint systems.
  • Page 224 SAFETY Child Restraint Usage By Seating Position This table gives technical information specifically intended for the child restraint system manufacturer and, as such, translation into national language is not required: Seating Positions Four-Door Seat Position Number Seating Posi- tion Suitable For Universal Belted (Yes / No)
  • Page 225 SAFETY SEATING POSITIONS: 1. Front Left 2. Front Center 3. Front Right 4. 2nd Row Left 5. 2nd Row Center 6. 2nd Row Right 7. 3rd Row Left 8. 3rd Row Center 9. 3rd Row Right Always follow the directions of the child restraint manufacturer when installing your child restraint.
  • Page 226 SAFETY WARNING!

  • Page 227: Safety Tips

    SAFETY SAFETY TIPS CONNECTED VEHICLES the system inspected at an authorized dealer as soon as possible. This light will illuminate with a single chime Privacy of any wireless and wired communications can- when a fault with the Air Bag Warning Light has been not be assured.

  • Page 228: Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle

    SAFETY Door Latches WARNING! WARNING! Check for proper closing, latching, and locking. • • ALWAYS REMOVE THE EXISTING FLOOR If the vehicle carpet has been removed and Fluid Leaks MAT FROM THE VEHICLE before installing re-installed, always properly attach carpet to the any other floor mat.

  • Page 229: Carbon Monoxide Warnings

    SAFETY Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the exhaust system, when exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle, or when the underside or rear of the vehicle is damaged, have an authorized dealer inspect the complete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or mispositioned parts.

  • Page 230: In Case Of Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS ing. Pressing the SOS button on the overhead console will illuminate the light within the button. When the con- With extended use the Hazard Warning Flashers may nection between the vehicle and a public safety opera- wear down your battery.
  • Page 231 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY You will then be able to speak with the emergency ser- Even if the SOS-Emergency Call system is fully func- WARNING! vice operator to determine if additional help is needed. tional, external or uncontrolled factors may prevent or stop SOS-Emergency Call operation.

  • Page 232: Jacking And Tire Changing

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING 2. Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers. WARNING! 3. Apply the parking brake. emergency service operator. All occupants should 4. Shift the automatic transmission into PARK (P), or a exit the vehicle immediately and move to a safe WARNING! manual transmission into REVERSE (R).

  • Page 233: Spare Tire Removal

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 3. Turn the plastic wing nut counterclockwise to loosen the jack from the storage bin. Load Floor Handle Unlock Rear Camera Cover NOTE: 3. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench turning Plastic Wing Nut Location them counterclockwise.

  • Page 234: Jacking Instructions

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: JACKING INSTRUCTIONS If your vehicle comes with factory equipped 35 inch (88.9 cm) tires, a jack lift block is provided in the WARNING! rear cargo area. The jack lift block is used to provide higher ground clearance when changing a flat or Carefully follow these tire changing warnings to help spare tire.
  • Page 235 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Front Lifting Point Front Jacking Location Rear Jacking Location NOTE: 5. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack screw clock- wise. Raise the vehicle only until the tire just clears Keep the jack and tools aligned while raising the the surface and enough clearance is obtained to vehicle to prevent tool damage.

  • Page 236: Jump Starting

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! CAUTION! To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack, do Do not use a portable battery booster pack or any not tighten the wheel nuts fully until the vehicle has other booster source with a system voltage greater been lowered.

  • Page 237: Jump Starting Procedure

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: The battery in your vehicle is located in the right rear of If your vehicle is equipped with a Stop/Start system, it the engine compartment. will be equipped with two batteries page 132. The positive (+) battery post is covered with a protective cap.

  • Page 238: If Your Engine Overheats

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY frame or chassis, such as an accessory bracket or 5. Start the engine in the vehicle that has the booster CAUTION! large bolt. The ground must be away from the bat- battery, let the engine idle a few minutes, and then tery and the fuel injection system.

  • Page 239: Manual Park Release

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY If the temperature gauge is moving towards or close to 3. Fish the tether strap up through the opening in the WARNING! the HOT (H) position, you can reduce the potential for console base. overheating by taking the appropriate action. Always secure your vehicle by fully applying the park- •...

  • Page 240: Freeing A Stuck Vehicle

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY To Reset The Manual Park Release: FREEING A STUCK VEHICLE WARNING! 1. Pull upward on the tether strap, releasing it from the when you are stuck and do not let anyone near a If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud, sand or snow, it “locked”...

  • Page 241: Tow Eye Usage

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Towing Condition Wheels OFF The Ground 4WD MODELS NOT ALLOWED Flat Tow NONE NOT ALLOWED Front Wheel Lift Or Dolly Tow NOT ALLOWED Rear BEST METHOD Flatbed NOTE: When towing your vehicle, always follow applicable state and provincial laws. Contact state and provincial Highway Safety offices for additional details. Proper towing or lifting equipment is required to prevent CAUTION! damage to your vehicle.

  • Page 242: Enhanced Accident Response System (Ears)

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ENHANCED ACCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM CAUTION! (EARS) • The tow eye must only be used for roadside emer- gencies. Use with an appropriate device in accor- dance with highway code (a rigid bar or rope) to This vehicle is equipped with an Enhanced Accident maneuver the vehicle in preparation for transport Response System.

  • Page 243: Servicing And Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Once A Month Or Before A Long Trip: SCHEDULED SERVICING On non-instrument cluster display equipped vehicles, “Change Oil” will flash in the instrument cluster odom- • Check the engine oil level. eter and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic oil change •...
  • Page 244 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Mileage Or Time Passed (Whichever Comes First): Or Years: Or Kilometers: Additional Inspections Inspect the CV/Universal joints. Inspect front suspension, tie rod ends, rear suspension, and replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Inspect the brake linings, replace as necessary.
  • Page 245 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Mileage Or Time Passed (Whichever Comes First): Or Years: Or Kilometers: Flush and replace the engine, intercooler (if equipped), power electronics (if equipped), and battery (if equipped) cool- ant at 10 years or 150,000 miles (240,000 km) whichever comes first. Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: trailer towing, snow plowing, heavy loading,...

  • Page 246: Scheduled Servicing - 6.4L

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: • Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, WARNING! engine oil, brake master cylinder, and add as • The oil change indicator message will not monitor needed. • You can be badly injured working on or around a the time since the last oil change.

  • Page 247: Maintenance Plan

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PLAN Miles: Or Months: 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 150 Or Kilometers: Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires. Rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before scheduled maintenance.
  • Page 248 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Miles: Or Months: 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 150 Or Kilometers: Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, sus- tained high speed driving, off-road or frequent trailer towing.

  • Page 249: Scheduled Servicing

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE WARNING! • You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic.

  • Page 250: Engine Compartment

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2.0L ENGINE 1 — Battery 6 — Brake Fluid Reservoir Cap 2 — Power Distribution Center (Fuses) 7 — Washer Fluid Reservoir Cap 3 — Engine Oil Dipstick 8 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 4 — Engine Oil Fill 9 —...

  • Page 251: L Engine

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 3.6L ENGINE 1 — Power Distribution Center (Fuses) 7 — Power Pack Unit Pressure Cap — If Equipped 2 — Battery 8 — Washer Fluid Reservoir Cap 3 — Engine Oil Dipstick 9 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 4 —...

  • Page 252: 6.4L Engine

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 6.4L ENGINE 1 — Battery 6 — Power Distribution Center (Fuses) 2 — Engine Oil Fill 7 — Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 3 — Engine Coolant Reservoir 8 — Engine Oil Dipstick 4 — Brake Fluid Reservoir 9 —...

  • Page 253: Checking Oil Level

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CHECKING OIL LEVEL CAUTION! WARNING! To ensure proper engine lubrication, the engine oil must Overfilling or underfilling the crankcase will cause Commercial windshield washer solvents are flam- be maintained at the correct level. Check the oil level at aeration or loss of oil pressure.

  • Page 254: Pressure Washing

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE WASHING ENGINE OIL WARNING! Cleaning the engine compartment with a high pressure Engine Oil Selection • Serious injury or death could result if you do not washer is not recommended. disconnect both batteries. To learn how to properly For engine oil selection page 296.

  • Page 255: Engine Oil Filter

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and ENGINE OIL FILTER CAUTION! Replacement The engine oil filter should be replaced with a new filter Do not use chemical flushes in your engine oil as the at every engine oil change. Follow the recommended maintenance intervals as chemicals can damage your engine.
  • Page 256 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE First Water Separation Chamber Removal — 6.4L Engine Removal 1. Loosen the six captured fasteners from the first water separation chamber using a suitable tool. Engine Air Cleaner Filter Cover First Water Chamber Removal Engine Air Cleaner Filter Installation Installation NOTE: NOTE:...

  • Page 257: Accessory Drive Belt Inspection

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION! Do not overtighten the engine air cleaner filter cover lid screws or damage may result. ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT INSPECTION WARNING! • Do not attempt to inspect an accessory drive belt First Water Separation Chamber Engine Air Cleaner Cover with vehicle running.

  • Page 258: Air Conditioner Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling — AIR CONDITIONER MAINTENANCE R–1234yf For best possible performance, your air conditioner should be checked and serviced by an authorized R–1234yf Air Conditioning Refrigerant is a Hydrofluo- dealer at the start of each warm season. This service roolefin (HFO) that is endorsed by the Environmental should include cleaning of the condenser fins and a Protection Agency and is an ozone-friendly substance...

  • Page 259: Body Lubrication

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 5. Remove the air filter from the HVAC air inlet housing. Pull the filter elements out pinching them to the right for clearance. Glove Compartment Travel Stop Travel Dampener 3. Pivot the glove compartment downward. 1 — Travel Dampener Housing Air Filter 2 —...

  • Page 260: Windshield Wiper Blades

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE The external lock cylinders should be lubricated twice a If a wiper blade or wiper arm is damaged, replace the year, preferably in the Autumn and Spring. Apply a small affected wiper arm or blade with a new unit. Do not amount of a high quality lubricant, such as Mopar®...

  • Page 261: Rear Wiper Blade Removal/Installation

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Rear Wiper Blade Removal/Installation Installing The Rear Wiper 1. Lift the wiper arm off of the glass. 1. Open swing gate to access the wiper arm. 2. Insert the wiper blade pivot pin into the opening on the end of the wiper arm and rotate the wiper in to place.

  • Page 262: Cooling System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Coolant Checks the vehicle, turn off the engine and allow it to cool. Ser- WARNING! vice, including a tune-up to manufacturer’s specifica- Check the engine and intercooler (if equipped) coolant tions, should be obtained immediately. exhaust system. Do not park or operate your (antifreeze) protection every 12 months (before the vehicle in areas where your exhaust system can To minimize the possibility of catalytic converter...

  • Page 263: Adding Coolant

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: • prevent reducing this extended maintenance period, it Use care when filling under hood fluids such as is important to use the same engine coolant (OAT cool- engine oil, washer fluid, antifreeze, etc., to minimize • Mixing of engine coolant (antifreeze) other than ant conforming to MS.90032) throughout the life of spillage onto the top of the engine.

  • Page 264: Disposal Of Used Coolant

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Coolant Level When additional engine coolant is needed to maintain WARNING! the proper level, only OAT coolant that meets the • requirements of the manufacturer Material Standard Do not use a pressure cap other than the one WARNING! MS.90032 should be added to the coolant bottle.

  • Page 265: Brake System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • Keep the front of the radiator clean. If your vehicle is expected to fall as the brake pads wear. Brake fluid FRONT/REAR AXLE FLUID equipped with air conditioning, keep the front of the level should be checked when pads are replaced. If the For normal service, periodic fluid level checks are not condenser clean.

  • Page 266: Automatic Transmission

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Selection Of Lubricant CAUTION! It is important to use the proper transmission fluid to Do not use chemical flushes in your transmission as ensure optimum transmission performance and life. the chemicals can damage your transmission compo- Use only the manufacturer specified transmission fluid nents.

  • Page 267: Power Distribution Center

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE WARNING! CAUTION! Never replace a blown fuse with metal wires or any When installing the power distribution center cover, it other material. Failure to use proper fuses may is important to ensure the cover is properly posi- result in serious personal injury, fire and/or prop- tioned and fully latched.
  • Page 268 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Power Distribution Center Location...
  • Page 269 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Power Distribution Center Location (6.4 Engine)
  • Page 270 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE GASOLINE ENGINE FUSES Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare * 40 Amp Green – Starter – 5 Amp Tan Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS) – 20 Amp Yellow Fuel Pump MTR / FPCM –...
  • Page 271 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 30 Amp Pink – Pass Pwr Seat – 10 Amp Red MOD_SBW 40 Amp Green – Central Body Controller (CBC) 2-EXTERIOR LIGHTS #1 30 Amp Pink – Front Wipers 40 Amp Green –...
  • Page 272 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 10 Amp Red Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) – 10 Amp Red HD ACC * – 10 Amp Red Digital TV Inline / USB / ISRVM / Compass Mod –...
  • Page 273 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 20 Amp Blue – PWR TOP RT – – Spare * – 20 Amp Yellow – 10 Amp Red Heated Mirrors – 10 Amp Red Intrusion Mod / SIREN / Intrusion Snsrs –...
  • Page 274 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare * F100 30 Amp Pink – ESC-ECU & Valves F101 30 Amp Pink – DTCM F102 – 15 Amp Blue TBM2 / DCSD Mod F103 –...

  • Page 275: Bulb Replacement

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE BULB REPLACEMENT Replacement Bulbs, Names, And Part Numbers In the instance a bulb needs to be replaced, this section includes bulb description and replacement part numbers. NOTE: See an authorized dealer for LED bulb replacement. Interior Bulbs Bulb Name Bulb Number Automatic Transmission Indicator Lamp...
  • Page 276 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Exterior Bulbs Bulb Name Bulb Number Rear Base Tail Lamp Stop/Tail Bulb P27/7W Rear Base Tail Lamp Turn Signal Bulb WY21W Rear Base Tail Lamp Backup Bulb W16W Rear Base Tail Lamp Side Marker Center High Mounted Stop Lamp License Lamp Rear Fog W21W...
  • Page 277 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE HALOGEN FRONT FOG LAMP REAR TAIL, STOP, TURN SIGNAL, AND BACKUP LAMP See the following steps to replace: See the following steps to replace: 1. Reach under the vehicle to access the back of the front fog lamp. 1.

  • Page 278: Tires

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE LICENSE PLATE LAMPS CAUTION! See the following steps to replace: Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil con- 1. Firmly grab the two latch features on either side of tamination will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb the lamp and squeeze them together.

  • Page 279: Tire Markings

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire Markings Tire And Loading Information Placard Check the inflation pressure of each tire, including the spare tire (if equipped), at least monthly and inflate to the recommended pressure for your vehicle. Tire And Loading Information Placard Tire Markings This placard tells you important information about the: Example Tire Placard Location (Door)

  • Page 280: Tires - General Information

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire Inflation Pressures NOTE: WARNING! Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, Gross Axle The proper cold tire inflation pressure is listed on the • Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axles must Unequal tire pressures can cause steering prob- driver's side B-pillar or rear edge of the driver's side not be exceeded.

  • Page 281: Tire Pressures For High Speed Operation

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Radial Ply Tires Example: If garage temperature = 68°F (20°C) and the has limited driving capabilities and needs to be outside temperature = 32°F (0°C) then the cold tire replaced immediately. A Run Flat tire is not repairable. inflation pressure should be increased by 3 psi When a Run Flat tire is changed after being driven in a WARNING!

  • Page 282: Tread Wear Indicators

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tread Wear Indicators • Tire pressure - Improper cold tire inflation pressures on “Tread Wear Indicators” in this section. Refer to the can cause uneven wear patterns to develop across Tire And Loading Information Placard or the Vehicle Tread wear indicators are in the original equipment the tire tread.

  • Page 283: Tire Types

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Summer tires do not contain the all season designation SPARE TIRES — IF EQUIPPED WARNING! or mountain/snowflake symbol on the tire sidewall. Use • Summer tires only in sets of four; failure to do so may NOTE: Failure to equip your vehicle with tires having adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

  • Page 284: Full Size Spare - If Equipped

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Limited Use Spare — If Equipped T, S = Temporary Spare Tire Your wheels are susceptible to deterioration caused by salt, sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, calcium Since this tire has limited tread life, the original equip- The limited use spare tire is for temporary emergency chloride, etc., and other road chemicals used to melt ment tire should be repaired (or replaced) and rein- use only.

  • Page 285: Tire Rotation Recommendations

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Refer to the “Service and Warranty Handbook (Auto Biography)” for the proper maintenance intervals. The If you intend parking or storing your vehicle for an reasons for any rapid or unusual wear should be cor- UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADES extended period after cleaning the wheels with wheel rected prior to rotation being performed.

  • Page 286: Traction Grades

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE cantly from the norm due to variations TEMPERATURE GRADES STORING THE VEHICLE in driving habits, service practices, and The Temperature grades are A (the differences in road characteristics and WARNING! highest), B, and C, representing the climate. tire's resistance to the generation of •...

  • Page 287: Bodywork

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE What Causes Corrosion? NOTE: If you are storing your vehicle for more than three weeks, we recommend that you take the following steps • Corrosion is the result of deterioration or removal of You must isolate the supplemental battery connec- to minimize the drain on your vehicle's battery: paint and protective coatings from your vehicle.

  • Page 288: Preserving The Bodywork

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • Washing – Use Mopar® Car Wash or equivalent, or PRESERVING THE BODYWORK If you detect any stone chips or scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately. The cost of such mild soap suds, lukewarm water, and a brush with soft Washing repairs is considered the responsibility of the owner.

  • Page 289: Care Of Fabric Top Windows

    Mopar® Jeep® Soft Glass tor, brake, or clutch pedals then re-install the floor not slip out of position and interfere with the pedal mats.

  • Page 290: Carpet Removal

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CARPET REMOVAL 3. Remove the grommets under the front seat. First for 5. Finally open the carpet split around seat bracket the rear carpet and then the front carpet. and then remove the last two grommets. Front Carpets (Two And Four Door Models): 1.
  • Page 291 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Rear Carpet (Two Door Models): 1. Remove the rear seats. 2. Remove the sides grommets (one left and one right). First the grommet from the side carpet and then the rear carpet. Pull Toward The Rear Of Vehicle Under Rear Seat 1 —...
  • Page 292 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cargo Carpet (Four Door Models): 1. Remove the grommets under the rear seat (one left and one right). 2. Pull the carpet out to the rear and open the carpet split around the seat belt attachment. Pull Carpet To The Rear Rear Load Floor 1 —...

  • Page 293: Seats And Fabric Parts

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cargo Carpet (Four Door Models) With Gap Hider: SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS 1. Remove the grommets under the rear seat (one left Use Mopar® Total Clean to clean fabric upholstery and and one right). carpeting. 2. Pull the carpet out to the front and open the carpet split around the seat belt attachment and under the WARNING! center seat bracket.

  • Page 294: Plastic And Coated Parts

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE PLASTIC AND COATED PARTS liquid. Please do not use polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents, or ammonia-based cleaners to Use Mopar® Total Clean to clean vinyl upholstery. clean your leather upholstery. NOTE: CAUTION! If equipped with light colored leather, it tends to show •...

  • Page 295: Technical Specifications

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Spare Tire Torque Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) In the event power assist is lost for any reason (i.e., repeated brake applications with the engine off) the brakes will still function. However, the effort required to Lug Nut/Bolt **Lug Nut/Bolt Lug Nut/Bolt The VIN is found on the left front corner of the A-pillar,...

  • Page 296: Fuel Requirements

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Besides using unleaded gasoline with the proper METHANOL octane rating, gasolines that contain detergents, corro- (Methyl) is used in a variety of concentrations when sion and stability additives are recommended. Using blended with unleaded gasoline. You may find fuels gasolines that have these additives may help improve containing 3% or more methanol along with other alco- fuel economy, reduce emissions, and maintain vehicle...

  • Page 297: Reformulated Gasoline

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT USE E-85 IN NON-FLEX CNG AND LP FUEL SYSTEM CAUTION! FUEL VEHICLES MODIFICATIONS Use of fuel with Ethanol content higher than 15% may Non-Flex Fuel Vehicles (FFV) are compatible with gaso- Modifications that allow the engine to run on Com- result in engine malfunction, starting and operating line containing up to 15% ethanol (E-15).

  • Page 298: Engine Fluids And Lubricants

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Metric 3.6L Engine 5 qt 4.73 L 6.4L Engine 7.5 qt 7.1 L Cooling System * 2.0L Engine 11.8 qt 11.2 L 2.0L Engine Intercooler 3.7 qt 3.5 L 3.6L Engine 13.4 qt 12.7 L 6.4L Engine 15.6 qt 14.8 L * Includes coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level.
  • Page 299 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part Fuel Selection — 3.6L Engine Minimum 91 Research Octane Number (RON). Fuel Selection — 6.4L Engine Research Octane Number (RON) of 95 or higher – 98 Research Octane Number (RON) preferred. 0-15% ethanol. CAUTION! CAUTION! •...

  • Page 300: Chassis Fluids And Lubricants

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part Use only Mopar® ZF 8 & 9 Speed ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent. Fail- Automatic Transmission ure to use the correct fluid may affect the function or performance of your transmission.

  • Page 301: Customer Assistance

    CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FCA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS SERVICE CONTRACT Mopar® Vehicle Protection Plans offer valuable protec- FCA International Operations LLC and its authorized tion against repair costs when these warranties no lon- Here are the contact details of the FCA Middle East dealers are vitally interested in your satisfaction.
  • Page 302 INDEX INDEX Rearm The System ....20 Security Alarm ....19, 106 About Your Brakes....293 Battery .
  • Page 303 INDEX Car Washes ....286 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ..187 Cellular Phone....179 Electronic Throttle Control Warning Light .
  • Page 304 INDEX Front And Rear ParkSense System ..142 Passing ....45 Front Axle (Differential) ....263 Replacing .
  • Page 305 INDEX Cruise ....109, 110, 111 Loading Vehicle ....150 Daytime Running ....45 Tires .
  • Page 306 INDEX Modifications/Alterations Outside Rearview Mirrors ....43 Vehicle .....8 Overheating, Engine .
  • Page 307 INDEX Restraints, Head ....40 Fold And Tumble Rear ....38 Cold Weather ....114 Roadside Assistance .
  • Page 308 INDEX Tires ....226, 278, 281, 283 Trac-Lok Aging (Life Of Tires) ....280 Rear Axle ....122 Vanity Mirrors.
  • Page 309 INDEX Windshield Washers ....47, 251 Fluid .....251 Windshield Wiper Blades .
  • Page 313 ٣٥٤ ١٣٧ ..‫ )أذرع ا‬Paddle Shifters ٢٥ ..‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ )ا‬Passive Entry ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ Sunrider® ٩٠ ..Trac-Lok ‫ر...
  • Page 314 ٣٥٣ (‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٠ ..٢٢٣ ... . . ١٣٥ ....‫رة‬...
  • Page 315 ٣٥٢ (‫د‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ل ا وآ ن، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٠, ٣٤٣ ..٦٣ ....٣٣١...
  • Page 316 ٣٥١ ‫ق‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ت‬ ١١٨ . ٣٠٧, ٣٤٤ ....١٨ ... ‫ق‬...
  • Page 317 ٣٥٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ (UCI) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ١٧٥, ٣٢١ ....٣٤٠ ..... . . ٦٢...
  • Page 318 ٣٤٩ ‫ح ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ٥٥ ..... ٥٣ ......٢٩٥...
  • Page 319 ٣٤٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ١٤١, ١٤٢ ....٦٨ ......٣٩...
  • Page 320 ٣٤٧ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ١٥٦ ..... . . ٣٢٢, ٣٢٦ ....٣٣١...
  • Page 321 ٣٤٦ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠, ٤٢ ....‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ٥٤ ....‫ب ا‬ ‫اء...
  • Page 322 ٣٤٥ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ FCA INTERNATIONAL ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ OPERATIONS LLC ّ Mopar® ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ FCA International Operations ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك. إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 323 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٤٤ ‫ل‬ ‫ك وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬OAT) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ك ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ (OAT) ‫ت...
  • Page 324 ٣٤٣ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وز ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا أو ز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ 150000/‫ات‬ 10 ‫آ‬ ‫ ا ي‬Mopar® ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام آ‬ MS.90032 ‫ر ا اد‬ ‫ت‬ ‫( أو‬OAT) ‫ت...
  • Page 325 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٤٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ (‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Metric (‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ )ا‬US ) ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫66 ً ا‬ ً 17.5 ‫ا ُ ز ذات ا‬ ‫18 ً ا‬ ً 21.5 ‫أ اب‬ ‫ا ُ ز ذات ا ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 326 ٣٤١ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ت أ ى‬ ‫آ ة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ ه‬MTBE ‫أن دة‬ (LP) ‫( وا و ن ا‬CNG) ‫ام‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 327 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٤٠ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً (، ا‬ 25) ‫ور 04 آ‬ ، ‫ر ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 328 ٣٣٩ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دوج. ذا‬ ‫ه رو‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ا او ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ر‬VIN ‫م ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬...
  • Page 329 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٨ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو إذا‬ ‫آ أو‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا ادات ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أو خ أو‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬...
  • Page 330 ٣٣٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫)ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ :(‫أ اب‬ ‫ّ ودة ر‬ ‫)ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫أ اب‬ ‫ّ ودة ر‬ ‫)ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ :‫ات‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫و ة إ‬ ‫)ا‬...
  • Page 331 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٦ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ :(‫أ اب‬ ‫ّ ودة ر‬ ‫)ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رج‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 332 ٣٣٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫)ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة آ‬ ‫وة‬ ‫ر(. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)وا ة‬ ‫ا ّ ت‬ ‫د...
  • Page 333 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٤ ‫دة‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫وأر‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫) ُ ز ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ :(‫أ اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 334 ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وث‬ ‫دي ه ا إ‬ ‫دة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬Mopar® Jeep® ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو دوا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫د أو دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م زا‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ا ا ا‬...
  • Page 335 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٢ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ر ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫- آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُ ز ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫. آ أن‬ ‫ام ء‬ ‫ش‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫إ ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ت أو ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 336 ٣٣١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث ا آ ؟‬ ‫ا ي دي إ‬ • ‫أو إذا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ق‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء و‬ ‫ج ه ر ا‬ ‫ا آ ه‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 337 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٠ • ‫رة أو‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أي و‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ( ً ‫)أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫، وآ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ /‫ )إ ف‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ • 5 ‫ة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء أ ء‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 338 ٣٢٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا آ ب‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫أن‬ ‫در ت ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫آ ت ر‬ ‫رات وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ى وزارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ A‫ و‬AA ‫، ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫در...
  • Page 339 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٨ "(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ن )ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫را‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ري ا اآ أو ا وم ا‬ ‫ت ا وم ا‬ ‫ر ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 340 ٣٢٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام - إذا آ‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ُ ،‫وم‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 341 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٦ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 342 ٣٢٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫أ اع ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫أو‬ ً ‫أو‬ ً ‫م إ ً را أو‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫و‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 343 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٤ .‫وز ا ا ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ً ‫ن‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اس إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫غ‬ ‫إ ر‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا ا ت وا‬ 1/16) ‫ا...
  • Page 344 ٣٢٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ت‬ ."‫ر ا رد‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ " ً ‫رات ه دا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ، ً ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 345 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٢ ‫ا اس‬ ، ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء ا رد‬ ‫خ ا ا ة أو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ذات‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ري ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫دي إ‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ط و‬ ‫دي‬...
  • Page 346 ٣٢١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫إ ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 347 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ا ر م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر دورة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. أدر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫رب ا‬ :‫ال‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫اء ا ارد أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 348 ٣١٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ LED ‫ب‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ :‫ال‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ :‫ال‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 349 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٨ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ ا‬LED ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ P27/7W ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ WY21W ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ف/ا‬ ‫ح إ رة ا‬ W16W ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 350 ٣١٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء وأر م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأر م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ، ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .LED ‫ح‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫ت ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 351 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ SW BANK-HD ELEC / OFF ROAD ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ت‬ ‫ وا‬ESC-ECU – ‫وردي‬ ‫03 أ‬ F100 DTCM ‫و ة‬ –...
  • Page 352 ٣١٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (ECM) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – ‫م‬ ‫ات ا‬ / ‫س‬...
  • Page 353 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ CIGAR LTR ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (CVPM) ‫آ‬ ‫ا ؤ ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬...
  • Page 354 ٣١٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ 4-EXTERIOR LIGHTS #2 (CBC) ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا رج ا‬ – ‫وردي‬ ‫03 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...

  • Page 355: Rear Wiper

    ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬TCM-8HP CYGNUS ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 356 ٣١١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ (6.4 ‫ك‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ز ء ا‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ (IBS) ‫ر ا آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 357 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣١٠ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي ه ا ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن وو‬ (PDC) ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬...
  • Page 358 ٣٠٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ة‬ ‫ذي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ .‫ر‬ ‫اق/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ث‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أن دي ذ‬ .‫ا ر‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أن...
  • Page 359 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠٨ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ • ‫ب ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أن‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام أي إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 360 ٣٠٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وإذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ز‬ ، ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ى أداء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫دورً . را‬ ‫م...
  • Page 361 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠٦ ‫، و‬ ً ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬...
  • Page 362 ٣٠٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َ ّ خ ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( وا ي‬OAT) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 363 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠٤ ‫ذي‬ ‫وإ دة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وإ دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫— ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) (OAT) ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ • . ‫أ ب و‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫(، ا‬MS.90032 ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 364 ٣٠٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك وا ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، وأو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ ، أو‬ ‫م ا دم‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ اء أ‬ .‫د‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ز أول أآ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ا ر‬ ، ‫آ ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 365 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠٢ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا راع‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ج و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ار ذراع ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ /إزا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا رج‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 366 ٣٠١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ /إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء ا‬ .‫ام‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ج دون و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر اد ذراع ا‬ ،‫وف‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و...
  • Page 367 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠٠ ‫ل‬ ‫إ اء أ أ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إد ل ا اء‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ك؛‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫(. ا‬HVAC) ‫ا اء‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 368 ٢٩٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ R–1234yf — ‫وإ دة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ه‬R–1234yf ‫ا اء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز ت‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫وآ‬ (HFO) ‫ت‬ ‫رو رو أو‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وزون وإ‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 369 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٨ :‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫أن‬ • • ‫أو ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 370 ٢٩٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ك وا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ب‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫وأز‬ ‫وة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ 6.4L ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آ ه‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫رة‬...
  • Page 371 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٦ 6.4L ‫ك‬ — ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ . ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا زا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬Mopar® ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أول‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ء ر‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 372 ٢٩٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫م‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫و ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ .٣٤٣ ‫ك‬...
  • Page 373 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٤ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" أ ء و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"ا‬ • ‫ر. ا ص‬ ‫ل وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ز ا‬ • ‫ات‬ ‫ن ا ه ن وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا آ ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 374 ٢٩٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َ ّ خ ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َ ّ خ ا‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 375 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٢ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ (‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ — 6 ‫ر‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫ان ا‬ — 7 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ — 2 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ز‬ — 8 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ — 3 ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 376 ٢٩١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫ء‬ — 7 (‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ — 1 ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 8 ‫ر‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 9 ‫ك‬...
  • Page 377 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٠ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 6 ‫ر‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 7 (‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ — 2 ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 8 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ز‬ — 3 ‫ز‬...
  • Page 378 ٢٨٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫أ ل‬ :‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ :‫ات‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ق أو‬ ً ‫رة‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫أو آ أو‬ ً ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ل إذا م ا‬ ‫ص؛ ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ار ء‬ .‫ك‬...
  • Page 379 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨٨ ‫ا‬ :‫أ ل‬ :‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ :‫ات‬ ‫أو ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر أول‬ ‫رات. أدره‬ ‫أدر ا‬ . ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث ذ‬ ‫إن‬ ، ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ٍ ي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 380 ٢٨٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫آ و‬ ‫ء ر‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ً ء‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫م إ اء ا‬ ‫ه ا أ‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ، ‫أ ب و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دا‬...
  • Page 381 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨٦ :( ً ‫أو‬ ‫)أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ات‬ ‫أو ا‬ :‫ات‬ ‫أو ا‬ .( ‫)000,91 آ‬ 12,000 ‫ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ** . 2.0L ‫ك‬ ‫ل – ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 382 ٢٨٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ • .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫، وا وار، وا‬ ‫ا ا ، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك وا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫م ا دم‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 383 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨٤ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ً أو‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ،‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ " ‫ا‬ " “Change Oil” ‫ر‬ • .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إن‬...
  • Page 384 ٢٨٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (EARS) ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ٢٥٣ .‫دم‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ز‬ (EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 385 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٨٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م ا‬ • ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ع ا‬ ‫، ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ي‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ن...
  • Page 386 ٢٨١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ .١٨٤ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4×4 ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD MODELS ‫ا رض‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 387 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٨٠ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬ESC OFF ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج‬ ‫م ا‬ ( ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا‬ Partial" ‫و‬ (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 388 ٢٧٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ :‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ :‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫، و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. أ‬ ." ‫"ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 389 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٧٨ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دي دة ا‬ ‫اق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ز س در‬ ‫رة. إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ك أو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 390 ٢٧٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ر أ ى‬ 2000 ‫زة أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫وث‬ ‫د أن‬ ‫ت وا‬ .‫زة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫ا ع إ اء‬ ‫ق‬...
  • Page 391 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٧٦ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ :‫زة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ل ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ات‬ ‫ِ أي‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ور،...
  • Page 392 ٢٧٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا غ‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 393 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٧٤ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫. أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رب ا‬ ً ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ول ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً...
  • Page 394 ٢٧٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ .‫ا رض‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫را‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر ا وران آ ه‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 395 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٧٢ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. أدر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رات ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ٍ و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 396 ٢٧١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا أر‬ . ٍ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫وإ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دوات‬ ‫ء‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 397 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٧٠ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫؟‬SOS ‫و د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إذا آ ن أي‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫أي‬ • ،(‫ة‬ ‫ق أو أ آ‬ ‫وف‬ ‫أو د ن أو‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إر ل إ رة‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 398 ٢٦٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ارئ و ر‬ ‫ا‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫د إ اء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫د ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ • SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ز‬ ‫و/أو‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 399 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٢٦٨ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وري ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ .‫ارة‬...
  • Page 400 ٢٦٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات أول أآ‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دوران‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ء‬ ‫رت إ‬ ‫إذا ا‬ • ‫د ل ا اء‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة.
  • Page 401 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٦ ‫دل و ء‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام‬ ُ • ‫أي‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أن‬ ً ‫، آ دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ر‬ ‫، زل‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ًا‬ ّ َ ‫ا وا ت أو إذا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 402 ٢٦٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أي ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ٍ ن آ ع‬ ‫أر إ‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫اض...
  • Page 403 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٤...
  • Page 404 ٢٦٣ ‫ا‬ ‫أ اب‬ ‫رات ذات ا ر‬ ‫س‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ( ) No ( ) No ‫ح‬ ( ) No / R1) R2X / R2 / ‫ات‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ( ) No ( ) No ‫ح‬...
  • Page 405 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٢ ‫ة‬ i-Size ‫م‬ ‫رة ذات ا ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ذ ، و‬ ‫ل و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ّ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 406 ٢٦١ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ‫2. و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫، ر‬ ‫رأس‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ل إر دات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن. ا أ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 407 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٠ ISOFIX ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا و‬ (ISOFIX) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر ء و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء آ‬ ‫دي‬ • ‫از ذو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 408 ٢٥٩ ‫ا‬ ‫أ اب‬ ‫رات ذات ا ر‬ ‫ُ ز ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ (ISOFIX) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن دا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 409 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٨ ISOFIX ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ه‬ ‫رة؟‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫م أداء‬ ‫أن دي إ‬ ‫ء ا آ‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رآ ا‬ ‫2. ه‬ ‫. و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 410 ٢٥٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ا خ‬ . ً ‫و دة ه ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ، ‫ً أو أ‬ ‫، أو إ‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 411 .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫آ ن‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ ً أن‬ ‫آ‬ .Jeep® ‫رات‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ " ‫ل "ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 412 ٢٥٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ - ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ن؛‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا ً د‬ ‫ادث.
  • Page 413 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٤ • ‫ق أ‬ ‫/إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا آ ب‬ ‫إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ اء إ دة‬ ‫أم ؛‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫أ‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ول‬ •...
  • Page 414 ٢٥٣ ‫ا‬ • ‫ءة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ ‫ام دي إ‬ ‫دث ا‬ ‫وإذا و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة 51 د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث أي‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و ادات أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 415 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٢ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫دم أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫رة ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫د ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب ار اء أ‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫دم ا‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 416 ٢٥١ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( )إذا آ‬SABIC) ‫ا‬ ‫آ ب‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 417 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٠ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫رآ ب ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رآ‬ ، ‫أ‬ ‫و دة ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 418 ٢٤٩ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫دان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ،‫ا دة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬...
  • Page 419 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٨ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ " ‫اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫أو‬ " ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ا ً إ‬ ، ً ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫م...
  • Page 420 ٢٤٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫اآ — ا‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ ً أن‬ ‫ل. آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 421 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٦ • ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءا ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورآ ب‬ ‫ض أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫و ع دث ا‬ • • ‫ء‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إذا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫. ور‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 422 ٢٤٥ ‫ا‬ - ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ - ‫رة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 423 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٤ ‫وا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ ن‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ي ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا دة أو‬ ‫ًا‬ ً ‫إن‬ • ‫ا...
  • Page 424 ٢٤٣ ‫ا‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫، إ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ • ‫ر ا‬ ‫ات و‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث أي‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬...
  • Page 425 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٢ ‫ة إدارة ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب ار اء أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ : ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و أ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫و ع دث‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار...
  • Page 426 ٢٤١ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و د أي ار ء‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ل ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫اء‬...
  • Page 427 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٠ ‫ض/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ب‬ ‫رة وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. اد‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫إن‬ • . ً ‫ام وا‬ ‫م ر‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ك آ ً ا إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و...
  • Page 428 ٢٣٩ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ أو إ ء‬BeltAlert ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام )إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء‬ FCA ‫آ‬ ُ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ BeltAlert ‫ورآ ب‬ ‫ض أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫و ع دث ا‬ •...
  • Page 429 ‫ا‬ ٢٣٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن ا‬ ‫م ا آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ع ا‬ .‫أ ًا‬ ‫ذرا‬ (BeltAlert) ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اآ - إذا آ‬ BeltAlert ‫ة‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 430 ٢٣٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س. إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫أه‬ ، ‫ر أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 431 ‫ا‬ ٢٣٦ • • ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫ات إذا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ة إ ار‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ،Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫رة زا ة، و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 432 ٢٣٥ ‫ا‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ - (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫(، ا‬TPMS) ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ودة‬...
  • Page 433 ‫ا‬ ٢٣٤ / ‫42 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ / ً ‫ت ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫ت‬ ‫( ه ا‬TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 434 ٢٣٣ ‫ا‬ • (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫رات، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ا اء‬ ‫رات إ‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 435 ‫ا‬ ٢٣٢ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6.1 آ‬ ‫، أو د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ، ‫رات ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫م، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫وز‬...
  • Page 436 ٢٣١ ‫ا‬ ○ • ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫اد‬ ‫وه ا ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ "Medium" ‫اد‬ ‫( وا‬ ) "Far" ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"، دي ه ا إ‬ ‫"إ ف ا‬ (FCW) ‫دة...
  • Page 437 ‫ا‬ ٢٣٠ • ‫( أ ً ا‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫. إذا أدى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ً ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 438 ٢٢٩ ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫ه‬ . ‫ت ا اد‬ ، ‫ط ا‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫؛‬ ‫ف/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار...
  • Page 439 ‫ا‬ ٢٢٨ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أد ، وا‬ ‫ً آ‬ /‫أ ل‬ ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ً / ً / ‫23 آ‬ ‫ت وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ .‫ا رات‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام إ رة ا‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 440 ٢٢٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا آ ف‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 441 ‫ا‬ ٢٢٦ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ً إ‬ (‫3 أ ر )01 أ ام‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اء أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا ادار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫اآ ف ا‬ ‫.
  • Page 442 ٢٢٥ ‫ا‬ • (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و ة ا‬ / ً / ‫46 آ‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ .‫ً را‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 443 ‫ا‬ ٢٢٤ • (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة+( إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Off Road+ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬SSC) ‫ام‬ ‫ه و‬ (SSC) ‫آ‬...
  • Page 444 ٢٢٣ ‫ا‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (RAB) ‫ا ا‬ ‫ه‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (RAB) ‫ا ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رة، ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة‬ ‫إذا آ‬ • ‫وط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬SSC ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أ ء ا ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 445 ‫ا‬ ٢٢٢ • ‫آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫)ا‬ (HSA) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا س و‬ ‫ء ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وي، إذا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ . ً (HSA) ‫ت‬...
  • Page 446 ٢٢١ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫وث أي‬ ً ‫( و‬HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 447 ‫ا‬ ٢٢٠ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ) ESC OFF ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ء ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ (HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫( و‬ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫و ( إ‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 448 ٢١٩ ‫ا‬ ESC OFF Indicator" ‫ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ء‬ ) "Light ‫ )إ ف‬ESC OFF ‫ر‬ ‫و (، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Full Off" ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫" )ا‬Partial Off" ‫و‬...
  • Page 449 ‫ا‬ ٢١٨ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Partial Off ،‫رع‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا إذا آ‬ ‫ن ه ا ا‬ ‫دي‬ .(ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 450 ٢١٧ ‫ا‬ (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫( أن‬ERM) ‫و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ .( ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫رة آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة و‬ ‫زاو‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ (ESC) ‫و‬...
  • Page 451 ‫ا‬ ٢١٦ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ً ‫ودة أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ،(RBS) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(، ود‬HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ع و‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ،(ABS) ‫و‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ً‫آ دو‬ •...
  • Page 452 ٢١٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫و ع‬ (ABS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ه ر‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 453 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٤ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Trails Near You ‫ة‬ ‫ض‬ Trail Downloaded” ‫ُ ض ر‬ ‫ً را ً ء‬ 20 ‫( أول‬ ‫ا‬ "‫ح‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ " “Successfully ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫)508 آ ( دا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 454 ٢١٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إن آ‬ ‫وأو ت ا‬ ‫ان ور ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Preview Trail ‫زر‬ ‫3. ا‬ Start ‫زر‬ ‫ر. ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 455 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إذا ر‬ ‫/ ف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫أ‬ Your” ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 456 ٢١١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أ آ‬ (‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) "Trail Recording" ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ - إذا آ‬TRAILCAM ‫ت ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫رك أو‬ ‫ا ء‬ • ‫ ا‬TrailCam ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه ة‬ • ‫إر د‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 457 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٠ ‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫س‬ ) ACCESSORY GAUGE ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬VEHICLE DYNAMICS (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )ا ر‬Pitch & Roll ‫ض‬ ‫رة )ار ع ا او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا ر‬ ‫س‬ ) Accessory Gauge ‫ض‬...
  • Page 458 ٢٠٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد وا‬ ‫از و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫و‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ،...
  • Page 459 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٨ ( ‫ )إ اد ا اد‬Radio Setup . ‫اد‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫ )إ اد ا اد‬Radio Setup ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...

  • Page 460: Clear Personal Data

    ٢٠٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ."-"‫ه "+" و‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫. ا‬AUX ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫م ه ا ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ )إزا‬AUX Volume Offset ‫ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬...

  • Page 461: Headlight Off Delay

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٦ ‫ح ا‬ ‫رات إ ف‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ،‫أي...
  • Page 462 ٢٠٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫وا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Seats & Comfort ‫ُ أو ء‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫وا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Seats & Comfort ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ...

  • Page 463: Sound Horn With Lock

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٤ ‫ل‬ ‫اب وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫أ اب ا‬ ‫وإ ء‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ل‬ ‫اب وا‬ ‫ )ا‬Doors & Locks ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬...
  • Page 464 ٢٠٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫وا ر‬ ‫ءة ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫اء‬ ‫ )ا‬Lights ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ َ ُ ‫ة‬ ‫. وه ا‬ ‫ر أو إ ف‬ ‫اء...
  • Page 465 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ات آ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Camera ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ParkView ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 466 ‫م. ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Wake Up Word .(Jeep ، ً ) "Hey, Jeep®"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ) "Hey, Uconnect"‫و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إآ ل ا‬ ‫اد ا‬...
  • Page 467 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٠ Bluetooth®/ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫أو ه‬ ‫ت ر‬ ‫ز‬ Bluetooth® ‫ل‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ Bluetooth®/( ‫ )ا‬Phone ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ت أو ا ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...

  • Page 468: Time Format

    ١٩٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫وا ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Clock & Date ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬...

  • Page 469: Blind Spot Alert

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١٩٨ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ "Off" ‫دي إ اد‬ .‫رة‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Blind Spot Alert ‫ا ط‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫" )ا‬Lights" ‫دي إ اد‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 470 ١٩٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫رات و‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ادات أ ن ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ن‬ ‫ة ا دة/ا‬ ) Safety/Driving Assistance ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ب،...
  • Page 471 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١٩٦ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫اد ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ر‬Missed Calls Message ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫اد ه‬ ‫رات...
  • Page 472 ‫م. ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Wake Up Word .(Jeep ، ً ) "Hey, Jeep®"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ) "Hey, Uconnect"‫و‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬...

  • Page 473: Set Theme

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١٩٤ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 474 ١٩٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ "Dark"‫( و‬ ) "Light" ‫اد ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ "Auto" ‫ا‬ .( ‫ )داآ‬Dark ‫( أو‬ ) Light ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫د‬ ) "Auto"‫)داآ...
  • Page 475 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١٩٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect 5 NAV ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ت‬ 12.3 ‫و ر‬ ‫اد...
  • Page 476 ١٩١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زري‬ ً ‫ أ‬Uconnect ‫م‬ UCONNECT ‫أ‬ MUTE‫( و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬SCREEN OFF Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫)آ ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أد‬ • ‫د‬...
  • Page 477 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٠ ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رف أو‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫دث‬ ‫ه‬...
  • Page 478 ١٨٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك. إذا‬ ‫ا اء ا ص‬ ‫أ ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أي ع‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا رة‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م د ل ا‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ول إ دة‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬...
  • Page 479 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٨ ‫ة ا‬ ‫؟ ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ق ا ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫؟ إذا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رك‬ ‫د‬ ‫م و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 480 ١٨٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ي وأ‬ ‫ر وأي‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫وز ا ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫دك‬ ‫م وا ل آ‬ ً‫دو‬ ‫ت. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ اع‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ا دة‬ . ‫را‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬...
  • Page 481 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٦ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫آ . وآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬L ‫ق‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ ، ‫أي‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 482 ١٨٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دوً ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا دم أ ء آ ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ا...
  • Page 483 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٤ ‫ل‬ ) ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫ا‬...
  • Page 484 ١٨٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ات إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن وآ ءة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ط ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. را‬ ‫رة )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 485 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٢ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أزرق/أ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ 12+) ‫دا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ 12+) ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ 10 ( ‫ل )ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل )ا‬ ‫ف...
  • Page 486 ١٨١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أي أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة )أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ُ...
  • Page 487 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٠ ‫رات‬ ‫- ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ • ‫را‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز ا زن ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • . ‫ر‬ ‫و ض‬ ‫ًا‬ .‫رة‬ (GCWR) ‫ز دة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي...
  • Page 488 ١٧٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ت أ‬ ُ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أوزان‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫زن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫از‬ ‫ا‬ (GTW) ( ً ‫)561 ر‬ ‫57 آ‬ ( ً ‫)003,3 ر‬ ‫794,1 آ‬ ‫)68.1 م‬ ً...
  • Page 489 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٨ • ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ ، ‫و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫آ ة ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات ا ا‬ ‫ا ورو‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫(، و‬ ‫)0077 ر‬ ‫0053 آ‬...
  • Page 490 ١٧٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ك أ ً إ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ور وا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ام و ة‬ ُ .‫رة‬ ‫ار...
  • Page 491 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٦ (GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا وران ا‬ ‫وزن‬...

  • Page 492: Loose Fuel Filler Cap

    ١٧٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • (GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ر دورة‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫وا ة. وه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫( ه‬GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أن...
  • Page 493 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٤ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د دار‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫2. أزل‬ ‫د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أو ب ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫ا‬ • ‫د‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ً أو‬ ‫د‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫ن ب‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 494 ١٧٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫4 )ا ع‬WD Low ‫و‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE TrailCam ‫و‬...
  • Page 495 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٢ ‫أو أي دة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إذا اآ ا‬ • / ‫31 آ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ء و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ؤ‬ ‫رة آ‬ ‫ض‬ ،( /‫أ...
  • Page 496 ١٧١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ن ب ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Controls ‫زر‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ح إ رة‬ ‫ة ا وار ا‬ ‫ب...
  • Page 497 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٠ PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ParkSense Unavailable Wipe Front” ‫أو‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) “Sensors ‫" )إ ف‬ParkSense Off" ‫ض ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ (PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س، آ‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 498 ١٦٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫إ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ، إذا آ ن‬ ‫ر‬ ، ParkSense ‫ا‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫دورة...
  • Page 499 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٨ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ارات ا‬ ‫أ‬ 65-30 100-65 120-100 150-120 200-150 ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 25-12) 39-25) 47-39) 59-47) 79-59) ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دس‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬...
  • Page 500 ١٦٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫أ اس‬ ‫/ س وا‬ — 6 ‫/ س‬ — 1 ‫/ س وا‬ — 7 ‫/ س وا‬ — 2 ‫/ س‬ — 8 ‫/ س وا‬ — 3 ‫/ س‬ — 9 ‫ة/ س...
  • Page 501 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٦ PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ل آ ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ ا‬PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ )ا دة(. إذا‬DRIVE ‫( أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬...
  • Page 502 ١٦٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫م و ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ًا أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ إ اء‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أداء و ة ا‬ ، ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ . ‫ل ذ‬ .‫و ً دا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 503 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٤ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ " ‫" )و ة ا‬Clean Front Windshield ‫ذو و‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ "(FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ /(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 504 ١٦٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫د‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا ض وا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫"إ ف‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ACC / FCW Unavailable" ‫إذا آ ن ا‬ "‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ادار ا‬ " ‫إ دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 505 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٢ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫آ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر "ز دة إ اد‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫دة إ اد ا‬ ، ‫ث ذ‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ . ‫" و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 506 ١٦١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن و ة ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ • ‫، إذا‬ ‫ا‬ (-) SET ‫ام زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 507 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٠ • ً ‫أي‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ /(ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)23 آ /ا‬ ‫ا‬ (TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ً /ا‬ ‫03 آ...
  • Page 508 ١٥٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ض‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ً ـ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن ا‬ Adaptive" ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫/إ ف‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )و ة ا‬Cruise Control (ACC) Off ‫ض‬...
  • Page 509 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(ACC) (ACC) ○ ‫ر‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫رة أ‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ .‫ار‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 510 ١٥٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا ا ، أو ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫إذا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ • ‫ا دي‬ ‫ )إ ء(، أو ا‬CANC ‫زر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 511 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٦ ‫ا ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Cruise Control ‫ز...
  • Page 512 ١٥٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ف/ ء‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫(، إذا‬ACC) ‫ا‬ SERVICE STOP/START" ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ،(ACC) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 513 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٤ • ً‫ف و‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ً أ ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ • .‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Stop/Start OFF ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 514 ١٥٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫م إ رة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫( دئ‬ESS) ‫ت...
  • Page 515 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٢ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إذا ا‬ ‫دوج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ً ا َ ّ ن ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 516 ١٥١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ّ ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫أي إ‬ ‫ة‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫ف أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ًا دا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ّ ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ع.
  • Page 517 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٠ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا، ا‬ ّ ِ ‫ص": و‬ ‫ا‬ " ‫ا‬ ‫31. ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن، و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا. آ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫أو ح‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 518 ١٤٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫21. ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ‫9. و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ع. ا ص‬ ‫د أ م ا‬ ‫ع، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 519 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٨ ‫ا‬ ‫دوران أ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدر ذراع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع، و‬ ‫ا‬ • . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع. ا وران ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ره‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ دا ً أن‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ع أو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 520 ١٤٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ث‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ُ دا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ • ‫ف‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا ط ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ .‫ا وران‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 521 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ آ ا آ‬ : ‫ا آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إ ار ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ ار ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 522 ١٤٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫)0001 ر‬ ‫ة 454 آ‬ ‫ا‬ RUBICON — ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ت ا دم‬ ‫ور‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫. وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا دم‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 523 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٤ 6.4L — ‫ا م‬ ‫ا‬ (+‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Off Road+ ‫ن و‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ً • ‫أداء ا دة‬ : ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ك‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ • ،‫ت‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 524 ١٤٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ — (+‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬OFF ROAD+ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا ر‬ /‫ا ازن‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫ا از /ا ر‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ،(+‫ة‬...
  • Page 525 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٢ • — ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ — ‫( ا‬TRU-LOK) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Off Road+ ‫ن و‬ ‫أن‬ .١٤٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً (+‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ •...
  • Page 526 ١٤١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ (TRU-LOK) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫" )ا‬FRONT + REAR" ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، دي ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 527 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا زا ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا رد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 )ا‬H/4H AUTO ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬L ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً )أر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وي‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬H PART TIME ‫( إ‬...
  • Page 528 ١٣٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫وف ا دة ا‬ ‫ )ا‬N ، ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫4(. و‬H AUTO) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 529 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٨ • ‫ذراع‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫ام ا س ا ول‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬AutoStick ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ، ‫)أو ا س ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ك‬...
  • Page 530 ١٣٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ق ا س ا‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك وإ دة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫أ ى إذا‬ ‫س‬ AutoStick ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 531 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٦ ‫ن‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. و‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ط أدر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ط‬...
  • Page 532 ١٣٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ PARK ‫ع ا‬ ‫آ أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE‫( و‬ ‫)ا‬ PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا‬ (PRNDM) ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق س‬ ‫ض‬ (‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE‫( و‬ ‫...
  • Page 533 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٤ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫)أو‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا...
  • Page 534 ١٣٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أ ء و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬ON ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك أ ًا ا‬ • ‫وج‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً...
  • Page 535 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٢ • ‫ك أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ُ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫در ت ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫005,3 دورة‬ .٣٤٣ ‫إذا‬ ‫د و‬ ‫ود‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ن...
  • Page 536 ١٣١ ‫ا ء وا‬ –22° ‫ا ودة )أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار زا‬ ‫ر أي‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ا ع ه ا‬ ‫ ) ء‬START ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ك. ا ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 537 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٠ • (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ParkSense ‫ض ر‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ )ا‬AutoPark ‫ة‬ ‫إ دة‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬L ‫و‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 538 ١٢٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ENGINE START/STOP ‫زر‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ت( )و‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫ح‬ ‫ة‬ (‫ك‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫) ء‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫(( إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ) (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 539 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٨ ‫ا ء وا‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ENGINE START/STOP ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة؛ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 540 ١٢٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (OBD II) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ CYBERSECURITY ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬OBD II ‫ج‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫داء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل...

  • Page 541: Speed Control

    ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٦ OBD II - ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا س — إذا آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫س أ‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 542 ١٢٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ Plugged In And Waiting to Charge On" — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫" ) ا‬A Set Schedule ‫س‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 543 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ — +‫ة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ء إ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و...
  • Page 544 ١٢٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح إ ار‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫( ا ي‬TPMS) ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 545 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٢ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ - (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (TPMS) ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫إن ا دة‬ ‫، ُ َ ض ر‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 546 ١٢١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ّ ُ ‫ء‬ ‫ة أ ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫دورات‬ ‫ك. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN / ‫84 آ‬ ‫ت أ‬ (‫ات‬...
  • Page 547 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٠ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وإذا ا‬ ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ء أ ء ا دة ن ذ‬ ‫( أو أ‬ABS) ‫ب‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 548 ١١٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ء‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( وا‬N) ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ .(P) ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن ذراع ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اءة در‬ ‫ً ء أ ء‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء.
  • Page 549 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٨ ً ‫ن ك ا ب‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م ز‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ز ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و . و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 550 ١١٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ارات وا‬ ‫ت، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وأ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ات‬ ‫أي‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 551 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٦ ) BATTERY SAVER ON ‫ر‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ BATTERY SAVER/( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أي‬ ‫واردة‬ ‫ر‬ - ( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )و‬MODE ‫م‬...
  • Page 552 ١١٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ر‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ • ‫إ ء‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ Vehicle Info ‫إ...

  • Page 553: Stored Messages

    ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٤ • (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫ض ه ا‬ – ( ‫ )ا‬Current ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/001 آ أو‬ ‫ن أو‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬...

  • Page 554: Driver Assist

    ١١٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ SET - ‫+( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬SET + ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Off Road ‫ض‬ ‫ا دة(، و‬ ‫د‬ ‫-( )ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Driver Assist ‫ض‬...
  • Page 555 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٢ — (GSI) ‫ا س‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Vehicle Info ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف/ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ت‬ ) Vehicle Info ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 556 ١١١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ) Tire Pressure Screen With Low Tire(s) ‫ )ا‬Service Electronic Throttle Control ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Traction Control Off ‫رات( ذات ا‬ ‫ر)ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 557 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٠ • ‫ض وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 558 ١٠٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن ه ا‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ) Right ‫زر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ا دة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زرار ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫و...
  • Page 559 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٨ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إن دة ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ز س‬ ‫ر . إذا آ ن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 560 ١٠٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ○ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س در‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك )ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ك. ذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 561 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٦ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 562 ١٠٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام ا ر‬ ‫دا ً ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة دور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وز أ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ز ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن، وأ‬ ‫ٍ...
  • Page 563 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا وار و‬ ‫ت ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ت‬ • ‫ب‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أو‬ ‫دي ا اآ ا ر‬ .‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 564 ١٠٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. إن‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫م آ‬ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ء ر‬ ‫أن دي إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 565 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٢ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دة ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫5. أ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا أس راع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ ا‬PHEV ‫د ت‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 566 ١٠١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫، أ‬ ‫ ر 04 ا‬Torx ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. ا‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا ر‬Torx ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 567 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٠ ○ ، ‫ا‬ 15 ‫س‬ ‫ام ا‬ ، ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أذرع ا‬ ‫ا أس و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ات‬...
  • Page 568 ٩٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وأد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ Torx ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫م ر‬ ‫إ‬ 40 ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أو ر‬ ‫رة‬ ً ‫إد ل ا ا‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 569 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٨ ‫أ ء إزا إ ر‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إ رات( ا ب‬ ‫ام أ ء‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رات. ه ا ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫أ ء إزا ا‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 570 ٩٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا إ ر ا ب‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ه‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ،‫أ اب‬ ‫ّ ودة ر‬ ‫ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ أ‬ ، ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء إزا إ ر‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 571 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٦ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج. أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ذ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ،‫ا أس‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 572 ٩٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ن إ دة‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ر زر ا‬ ، ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ً ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 573 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٤ • ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫و ت‬ ‫ث‬ ‫إذا أدت‬ ‫ق إ‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح أ ء‬ ‫دي أي‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫إ...
  • Page 574 ٩٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. أ‬ ّ ‫، و‬Sunrider® ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫آ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫أ ه‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ً وإ‬ ‫آ‬ Sunrider® ‫ا‬ " ً...
  • Page 575 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٢ Sunrider® ‫رة، ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫. و ّ ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ً‫و‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫آ‬ ‫واد‬ ‫، ار ا‬Sunrider® ‫ا‬ Sunrider®...
  • Page 576 ٩١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 4‫3 و‬ ‫5. آ ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،Sunrider® ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬Freedom ‫1. أزل آ‬ .٨٤ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ 8.8) 12 ‫ه‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ Sunrider®...
  • Page 577 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٠ ○ J: 154 ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫41. ار ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ة ا‬ 17.5) ‫-ر‬ 30 -/+ ‫ر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ء وإ دة‬ 3.5 -/+ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 578 ٨٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا او ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 579 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٨ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ ر 05 وا‬Torx ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا أس ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ ا‬Torx ‫أس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ) B ‫ا ا‬ ‫د...
  • Page 580 ٨٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ل‬ ، ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت( ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫داء ) آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ .( ٍ ‫ع‬ ‫دة‬...
  • Page 581 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٦ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬ • .‫أ اب‬ ‫وا ر‬ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 582 ٨٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب ا ر‬ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬...
  • Page 583 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٤ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت( ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ ر 04 وا‬Torx ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ Torx ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 584 ٨٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ،" ‫"ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا آ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ ر 05 وا‬Torx ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا او‬ Torx ‫ت‬ ‫م. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدوات...
  • Page 585 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٢ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ .٧٧ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫م ا ع ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫2. آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ع‬ ‫" و‬ ‫"ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 586 ٨١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5. آ ر ذ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫2. أد‬ ‫ا او‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ر‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 587 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٠ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫و آ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ّ آ ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، و ّ ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 588 ٧٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫واد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أداة ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ل ا‬ 5 ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا أس‬ ً‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 589 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ،" ‫"ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫د أن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ." " ‫ت‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫م ا ع ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 590 ٧٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 591 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٦ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫ا رج‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 592 ٧٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ إ‬ ، ٍ ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫5. أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ى‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 593 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٤ ‫ة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ة ا وار، وأدر‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫2. أ‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ا ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ي...
  • Page 594 ٧٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ 1 ‫ر‬ ‫، ار ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ : ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ • ‫ف‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫، ّ ا‬Sunrider® ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 595 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٢ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫أ اب و‬ ‫رات ذات ا ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 — ط آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ت‬ — 3 •...
  • Page 596 ٧١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ 6 ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ 1 ‫ر‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫7 — ا‬ 2 ‫ر‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫8 — ا‬ 3 ‫ر‬ ‫3 — ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 597 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٠ ‫أ اب‬ ‫رات ذات ا ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ 6 ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ 1 ‫ر‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫7 — ا‬ 2 ‫ر‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫8 — ا‬ 3 ‫ر‬ ‫3 —...
  • Page 598 ٦٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أو‬ ( ‫ر ، إ‬ ) ‫م أ أدوات‬ ‫27 در‬ ‫ارة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ) ‫دوج‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(، و/أو آ ن‬ ‫در‬...
  • Page 599 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٨ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ح‬ WRANGLER ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫01 د‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا دوات ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫(. دي‬ ‫)إ ف ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة أدوات‬ ، ‫را‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 600 ٦٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أ ان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا س( وأ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/وردي‬ ‫ – 04 أ‬F93 ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 601 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٦ ، ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إدارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه‬ .‫د‬ ‫ك ذات‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أر‬ .‫ة س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا اآ أ‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 602 ٦٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ام أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 603 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٤ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط و ا‬ • ‫ن ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د ل أي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫. و دي‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ل أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 604 ٦٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورا )إذا آ‬ USB ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ن آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫آ ي ق ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ A ‫ وا ع‬C ‫ا ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫.
  • Page 605 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٢ ‫ت ا آ اب ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ت ا آ اب ا‬ ‫ن‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ت ا آ اب‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .٥٥ (‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ) Dimmer USB/AUX ‫ا‬...
  • Page 606 ٦١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ات‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫وز ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫،...
  • Page 607 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫اآ ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫وز ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫اآ ا‬ ‫ا وي ا م. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 608 ٥٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أن‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫در‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫م وذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ض‬ ‫د‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وا اآ ا‬ ‫ارة‬...
  • Page 609 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٨ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اآ‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫أزرار ز دة و‬ ‫وا ا ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫زر و‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ . ‫وا اآ‬ ‫ارة‬...
  • Page 610 ٥٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬AUTO ‫زر‬ ‫اء‬ ‫زر إ دة و ا‬ (‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫زر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ه ا ا ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 611 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٦ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫، ن‬TrailCam ‫ة ـ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ه وا‬ ‫ا راع‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫زع أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 612 ٥٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ف ا راع‬ ‫أدر‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت و‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫اب وإ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬...

  • Page 613: Lane Change Assist

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٤ — ‫وا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ار ع‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ً آ د‬ ‫أو‬ ، ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .
  • Page 614 ٥٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذي‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ — (DRLS) ‫ر‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 615 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٢ — ‫ف‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ R ‫ ) ر( أو ا ر‬L ‫ا ر‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 616 ٥١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ش ا‬ ‫ة أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ة ا ؤ ا‬ . ‫ا ؤ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 617 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٠ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا ّ ف‬VR ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫دون‬...
  • Page 618 ٤٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫إ دة آ‬ • ‫ت إ دة‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫أ اب‬ ‫— ا ُ ز ذات ا ر‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫رأس‬...
  • Page 619 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٨ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا أس 081 در‬ ‫دة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ً أ ء‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ص إ‬ ‫آ ب‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة ا أس‬ ‫ة أو‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا أس أو‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 620 ٤٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫و د أ‬ ‫ا در‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 621 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٦ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. أ ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ار ذراع‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ون إ دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا رج‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 622 ٤٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫4. ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ • ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار...
  • Page 623 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٤ ‫ام‬ ‫أ ز‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫س‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫. وه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 624 ٤٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— ا ُ ز ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ّ ك ا‬ ،...
  • Page 625 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • . ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ً ‫، و‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 626 ٤١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زاو و دة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫أو اد‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 627 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠ — ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫س‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫و د أ‬ ‫ا در‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا دة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫أو...
  • Page 628 ٣٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫، اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ي إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫/إ‬ ‫ذراع إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫د...
  • Page 629 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨ ً ‫د ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ار‬ ،( 3 ‫س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أن رأس‬ ‫و آ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬ ً ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدر ا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 630 ٣٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ،‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا رق‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا رق‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫3. أ‬ ، ً ً ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫2. أ ء‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫دون أي‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ك ا رق‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 631 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦ ‫ل‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ج ا ب‬ ‫ذاة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د ا‬ :‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ق ا ب‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل ا ب‬ ‫ا زم إ‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫و...
  • Page 632 ٣٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ام أداة‬ ) ‫أداة‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ً ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫إ‬ ‫، ّ آ‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫دا‬...
  • Page 633 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤ — ‫ب‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ب‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫أ‬ .٢٨ ‫, ا‬...
  • Page 634 ٣٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫، أزل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و د ا ب‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫اب ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ز ج ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ .(T40 ‫ ر‬Torx ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ T50 ‫ر‬...
  • Page 635 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ دة‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ذراع‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إر ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 636 ٣١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة آ‬ ً ‫رة، ا ك ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س دا‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً وأد‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 637 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠ ‫ء‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا ب، ار ا ب‬ ‫8. أ ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أ‬ (‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 – ذراع‬ .‫أزل ا ب‬ ،‫ت‬...
  • Page 638 ٢٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫اب ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ز ج ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ •...
  • Page 639 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨ • ‫إزا ا ب ا‬ - ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و د‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 640 ٢٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫/إد ل ب ا‬ ‫ء‬ • ‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا ب‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ .‫ة ا وار‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اب أو إ ء‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 641 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦ • ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رش ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ،Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ اب ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ ء‬ ، ‫ب ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ّ...

  • Page 642: Keyless Enter-N-Go

    ٢٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ — KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ‫إ‬ ‫رة وآ‬ ‫دة ا‬ ً ‫اب دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ • ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 643 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ذ إ ا ٍ ء‬ ‫ار و‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫ع أي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ ار ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م إ ار أ ن ا‬ ‫ف‬...
  • Page 644 ٢٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة إ رات‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫اب‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ Remote Start Canceled — Hood Open ‫ار، ن‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫. إذا أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ — ُ ‫) إ ء ء ا‬ Remote Start ‫ل...
  • Page 645 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢ — ُ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫( - إذا‬MTC) ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫در‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 646 ٢١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ ) ء ا‬Remote Start ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ( ُ • ‫اب ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫آ أو‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ • • (MIL) ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬...
  • Page 647 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠ • ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ،(‫ور‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق( )ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫آ ك‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ب...
  • Page 648 ١٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إن‬ . ‫و‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ • .‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬ • ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ء ا‬START ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ •...

  • Page 649: Sentry Key

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٨ ‫ا ص‬ ‫وزر ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ذا‬ ‫و آ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. أ‬ ‫ل ا دد ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دون‬ .‫ة أ ى‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (RF) ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫دو‬...
  • Page 650 ١٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ .CR2450 ‫ه‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن‬ ،‫زر‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ . ً • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 651 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٦ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ض‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫(، و‬RKE) ‫دون‬ ُ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 652 ١٥ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ) Selec-Speed Control ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٥ ١٢٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ١٢٦ ١٢٥ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 653 ١٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ء‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م اآ ف ه ف‬ ١٢٤ ١٢٤ ‫ء ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫...
  • Page 654 ١٣ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٣ ١٢٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )و‬WD Low ‫ء‬ ‫ف/ا ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ء ا‬ ١٢٣ ١٢٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 655 ١٢ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢١ ١٢٠ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة أ ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢١ ١٢٠ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 656 ١١ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٩ ١١٨ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ء‬ ً ‫ن ك ا ب‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٩ ١١٨ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 657 ١٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ت/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و آ‬ ‫ص أر‬ ‫رة ن‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وره ا داء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ى.
  • Page 658 ٩ ‫ز‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ت ه ا‬ ‫آ‬ . ‫أي و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫أي إ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫زم‬ ‫أن‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 659 ، ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫. آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ ا‬Jeep® ‫رة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. إن ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫رات ا آ ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ آ وإ ز‬...
  • Page 660 ٧ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٣٤٠ ......‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ى‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫وزارة...
  • Page 661 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٦ ٢٩٣ ....‫ج إ‬ ‫ر‬ ٢٧٥ ....‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ٢٣٧...
  • Page 662 ٥ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ — ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ ) م إ‬Loose Fuel Filler Cap ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك أ ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ٢٠٩ ....(‫د‬...
  • Page 663 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٤ — ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ (Tru-Lok) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٦ ... . . OBD II - ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 664 ٣ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٨٣ ..... ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ٥٦ ....‫ارة‬...
  • Page 665 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٢ — ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠ ....٩...
  • Page 666 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٨ ..................١٦...
  • Page 668 .Google ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Google Play Store ‫ وتعد‬Apple Inc. ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬App Store ‫. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Jeep ‫ لعام 3202. كل الحقوق محفوظة. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫حقوق النشر ©...

Table of Contents

Save PDF